blob: b98332b3f6e23c66ab0d4cacaa29f435ea64713f [file] [log] [blame]
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001==============================
2LLVM Language Reference Manual
3==============================
4
5.. contents::
6 :local:
7 :depth: 3
8
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00009Abstract
10========
11
12This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM
13is a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides
14type safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of
15representing 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code
16representation used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation
17strategy.
18
19Introduction
20============
21
22The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different
23forms: as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation
24(suitable for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human
25readable assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a
26powerful intermediate representation for efficient compiler
27transformations and analysis, while providing a natural means to debug
28and visualize the transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are
29all equivalent. This document describes the human readable
30representation and notation.
31
32The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while
33being expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be
34a "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that
35high-level ideas may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how
36microprocessors are "universal IR's", allowing many source languages to
37be mapped to them). By providing type information, LLVM can be used as
38the target of optimizations: for example, through pointer analysis, it
39can be proven that a C automatic variable is never accessed outside of
40the current function, allowing it to be promoted to a simple SSA value
41instead of a memory location.
42
43.. _wellformed:
44
45Well-Formedness
46---------------
47
48It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
49assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts
50and what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following
51instruction is syntactically okay, but not well formed:
52
53.. code-block:: llvm
54
55 %x = add i32 1, %x
56
57because the definition of ``%x`` does not dominate all of its uses. The
58LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used to
59verify that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically
60run by the parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer
61before it outputs bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier
62pass indicate bugs in transformation passes or input to the parser.
63
64.. _identifiers:
65
66Identifiers
67===========
68
69LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
70identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the ``'@'``
71character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with the
72``'%'`` character. Additionally, there are three different formats for
73identifiers, for different purposes:
74
75#. Named values are represented as a string of characters with their
76 prefix. For example, ``%foo``, ``@DivisionByZero``,
77 ``%a.really.long.identifier``. The actual regular expression used is
78 '``[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*``'. Identifiers which require other
79 characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
80 characters may be escaped using ``"\xx"`` where ``xx`` is the ASCII
81 code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character can
82 be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.
83#. Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with
84 their prefix. For example, ``%12``, ``@2``, ``%44``.
85#. Constants, which are described in the section Constants_ below.
86
87LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
88don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set
89of reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty.
90Additionally, unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up
91with a temporary variable without having to avoid symbol table
92conflicts.
93
94Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
95languages. There are keywords for different opcodes ('``add``',
96'``bitcast``', '``ret``', etc...), for primitive type names ('``void``',
97'``i32``', etc...), and others. These reserved words cannot conflict
98with variable names, because none of them start with a prefix character
99(``'%'`` or ``'@'``).
100
101Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
102'``%X``' by 8:
103
104The easy way:
105
106.. code-block:: llvm
107
108 %result = mul i32 %X, 8
109
110After strength reduction:
111
112.. code-block:: llvm
113
Dmitri Gribenko126fde52013-01-26 13:30:13 +0000114 %result = shl i32 %X, 3
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000115
116And the hard way:
117
118.. code-block:: llvm
119
120 %0 = add i32 %X, %X ; yields {i32}:%0
121 %1 = add i32 %0, %0 ; yields {i32}:%1
122 %result = add i32 %1, %1
123
124This last way of multiplying ``%X`` by 8 illustrates several important
125lexical features of LLVM:
126
127#. Comments are delimited with a '``;``' and go until the end of line.
128#. Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is
129 not assigned to a named value.
Sean Silva57f429f2013-05-20 23:31:12 +0000130#. Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially (using a per-function
131 incrementing counter, starting with 0).
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000132
133It also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
134demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment
135that defines the type and name of value produced.
136
137High Level Structure
138====================
139
140Module Structure
141----------------
142
143LLVM programs are composed of ``Module``'s, each of which is a
144translation unit of the input programs. Each module consists of
145functions, global variables, and symbol table entries. Modules may be
146combined together with the LLVM linker, which merges function (and
147global variable) definitions, resolves forward declarations, and merges
148symbol table entries. Here is an example of the "hello world" module:
149
150.. code-block:: llvm
151
Michael Liao2faa0f32013-03-06 18:24:34 +0000152 ; Declare the string constant as a global constant.
153 @.str = private unnamed_addr constant [13 x i8] c"hello world\0A\00"
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000154
Michael Liao2faa0f32013-03-06 18:24:34 +0000155 ; External declaration of the puts function
156 declare i32 @puts(i8* nocapture) nounwind
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000157
158 ; Definition of main function
Michael Liao2faa0f32013-03-06 18:24:34 +0000159 define i32 @main() { ; i32()*
160 ; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000161 %cast210 = getelementptr [13 x i8]* @.str, i64 0, i64 0
162
Michael Liao2faa0f32013-03-06 18:24:34 +0000163 ; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000164 call i32 @puts(i8* %cast210)
Michael Liao2faa0f32013-03-06 18:24:34 +0000165 ret i32 0
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000166 }
167
168 ; Named metadata
169 !1 = metadata !{i32 42}
170 !foo = !{!1, null}
171
172This example is made up of a :ref:`global variable <globalvars>` named
173"``.str``", an external declaration of the "``puts``" function, a
174:ref:`function definition <functionstructure>` for "``main``" and
175:ref:`named metadata <namedmetadatastructure>` "``foo``".
176
177In general, a module is made up of a list of global values (where both
178functions and global variables are global values). Global values are
179represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer
180to an array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
181following :ref:`linkage types <linkage>`.
182
183.. _linkage:
184
185Linkage Types
186-------------
187
188All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
189linkage:
190
191``private``
192 Global values with "``private``" linkage are only directly
193 accessible by objects in the current module. In particular, linking
194 code into a module with an private global value may cause the
195 private to be renamed as necessary to avoid collisions. Because the
196 symbol is private to the module, all references can be updated. This
197 doesn't show up in any symbol table in the object file.
198``linker_private``
199 Similar to ``private``, but the symbol is passed through the
200 assembler and evaluated by the linker. Unlike normal strong symbols,
201 they are removed by the linker from the final linked image
202 (executable or dynamic library).
203``linker_private_weak``
204 Similar to "``linker_private``", but the symbol is weak. Note that
205 ``linker_private_weak`` symbols are subject to coalescing by the
206 linker. The symbols are removed by the linker from the final linked
207 image (executable or dynamic library).
208``internal``
209 Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
210 (``STB_LOCAL`` in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
211 corresponds to the notion of the '``static``' keyword in C.
212``available_externally``
213 Globals with "``available_externally``" linkage are never emitted
214 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
215 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge
216 of the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere
217 outside the module. Globals with ``available_externally`` linkage
218 are allowed to be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as
219 ``linkonce_odr``. This linkage type is only allowed on definitions,
220 not declarations.
221``linkonce``
222 Globals with "``linkonce``" linkage are merged with other globals of
223 the same name when linkage occurs. This can be used to implement
224 some forms of inline functions, templates, or other code which must
225 be generated in each translation unit that uses it, but where the
226 body may be overridden with a more definitive definition later.
227 Unreferenced ``linkonce`` globals are allowed to be discarded. Note
228 that ``linkonce`` linkage does not actually allow the optimizer to
229 inline the body of this function into callers because it doesn't
230 know if this definition of the function is the definitive definition
231 within the program or whether it will be overridden by a stronger
232 definition. To enable inlining and other optimizations, use
233 "``linkonce_odr``" linkage.
234``weak``
235 "``weak``" linkage has the same merging semantics as ``linkonce``
236 linkage, except that unreferenced globals with ``weak`` linkage may
237 not be discarded. This is used for globals that are declared "weak"
238 in C source code.
239``common``
240 "``common``" linkage is most similar to "``weak``" linkage, but they
241 are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "``int X;``" at
242 global scope. Symbols with "``common``" linkage are merged in the
243 same way as ``weak symbols``, and they may not be deleted if
244 unreferenced. ``common`` symbols may not have an explicit section,
245 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked
246 ':ref:`constant <globalvars>`'. Functions and aliases may not have
247 common linkage.
248
249.. _linkage_appending:
250
251``appending``
252 "``appending``" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
253 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending
254 linkage are linked together, the two global arrays are appended
255 together. This is the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the
256 system linker append together "sections" with identical names when
257 .o files are linked.
258``extern_weak``
259 The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the
260 symbol is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null
261 instead of being an undefined reference.
262``linkonce_odr``, ``weak_odr``
263 Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two
264 functions with different semantics. Other languages, such as
265 ``C++``, ensure that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +0000266 "one definition rule" --- "ODR"). Such languages can use the
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000267 ``linkonce_odr`` and ``weak_odr`` linkage types to indicate that the
268 global will only be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage
269 types are otherwise the same as their non-``odr`` versions.
270``linkonce_odr_auto_hide``
271 Similar to "``linkonce_odr``", but nothing in the translation unit
272 takes the address of this definition. For instance, functions that
273 had an inline definition, but the compiler decided not to inline it.
274 ``linkonce_odr_auto_hide`` may have only ``default`` visibility. The
275 symbols are removed by the linker from the final linked image
276 (executable or dynamic library).
277``external``
278 If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
279 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
280 resolve external symbol references.
281
282The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows
283platform only. They are designed to support importing (exporting)
284symbols from (to) DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).
285
286``dllimport``
287 "``dllimport``" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
288 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the
289 DLL exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
290 name is formed by combining ``__imp_`` and the function or variable
291 name.
292``dllexport``
293 "``dllexport``" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
294 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
295 ``dllimport`` attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
296 name is formed by combining ``__imp_`` and the function or variable
297 name.
298
299For example, since the "``.LC0``" variable is defined to be internal, if
300another module defined a "``.LC0``" variable and was linked with this
301one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
302"``main``" and "``puts``" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
303declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.
304
305It is illegal for a function *declaration* to have any linkage type
306other than ``external``, ``dllimport`` or ``extern_weak``.
307
308Aliases can have only ``external``, ``internal``, ``weak`` or
309``weak_odr`` linkages.
310
311.. _callingconv:
312
313Calling Conventions
314-------------------
315
316LLVM :ref:`functions <functionstructure>`, :ref:`calls <i_call>` and
317:ref:`invokes <i_invoke>` can all have an optional calling convention
318specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of dynamic
319caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is undefined.
320The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more may be
321added in the future:
322
323"``ccc``" - The C calling convention
324 This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention
325 is specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
326 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some
327 mismatch in the declared prototype and implemented declaration of
328 the function (as does normal C).
329"``fastcc``" - The fast calling convention
330 This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
331 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention
332 allows the target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast
333 code for the target, without having to conform to an externally
334 specified ABI (Application Binary Interface). `Tail calls can only
335 be optimized when this, the GHC or the HiPE convention is
336 used. <CodeGenerator.html#id80>`_ This calling convention does not
337 support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly
338 match the prototype of the function definition.
339"``coldcc``" - The cold calling convention
340 This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as
341 efficient as possible under the assumption that the call is not
342 commonly executed. As such, these calls often preserve all registers
343 so that the call does not break any live ranges in the caller side.
344 This calling convention does not support varargs and requires the
345 prototype of all callees to exactly match the prototype of the
346 function definition.
347"``cc 10``" - GHC convention
348 This calling convention has been implemented specifically for use by
349 the `Glasgow Haskell Compiler (GHC) <http://www.haskell.org/ghc>`_.
350 It passes everything in registers, going to extremes to achieve this
351 by disabling callee save registers. This calling convention should
352 not be used lightly but only for specific situations such as an
353 alternative to the *register pinning* performance technique often
354 used when implementing functional programming languages. At the
355 moment only X86 supports this convention and it has the following
356 limitations:
357
358 - On *X86-32* only supports up to 4 bit type parameters. No
359 floating point types are supported.
360 - On *X86-64* only supports up to 10 bit type parameters and 6
361 floating point parameters.
362
363 This calling convention supports `tail call
364 optimization <CodeGenerator.html#id80>`_ but requires both the
365 caller and callee are using it.
366"``cc 11``" - The HiPE calling convention
367 This calling convention has been implemented specifically for use by
368 the `High-Performance Erlang
369 (HiPE) <http://www.it.uu.se/research/group/hipe/>`_ compiler, *the*
370 native code compiler of the `Ericsson's Open Source Erlang/OTP
371 system <http://www.erlang.org/download.shtml>`_. It uses more
372 registers for argument passing than the ordinary C calling
373 convention and defines no callee-saved registers. The calling
374 convention properly supports `tail call
375 optimization <CodeGenerator.html#id80>`_ but requires that both the
376 caller and the callee use it. It uses a *register pinning*
377 mechanism, similar to GHC's convention, for keeping frequently
378 accessed runtime components pinned to specific hardware registers.
379 At the moment only X86 supports this convention (both 32 and 64
380 bit).
381"``cc <n>``" - Numbered convention
382 Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
383 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific
384 calling conventions start at 64.
385
386More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
387support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
388convention.
389
Eli Bendersky1de14102013-06-07 19:40:08 +0000390.. _visibilitystyles:
391
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000392Visibility Styles
393-----------------
394
395All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
396styles:
397
398"``default``" - Default style
399 On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility
400 means that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in
401 shared libraries, means that the declared entity may be overridden.
402 On Darwin, default visibility means that the declaration is visible
403 to other modules. Default visibility corresponds to "external
404 linkage" in the language.
405"``hidden``" - Hidden style
406 Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the
407 same object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden
408 visibility indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the
409 dynamic symbol table, so no other module (executable or shared
410 library) can reference it directly.
411"``protected``" - Protected style
412 On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be
413 placed in the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the
414 defining module will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol
415 cannot be overridden by another module.
416
Eli Bendersky1de14102013-06-07 19:40:08 +0000417.. _namedtypes:
418
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000419Named Types
420-----------
421
422LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can
423make it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed
424(particularly when recursive types are involved). An example of a name
425specification is:
426
427.. code-block:: llvm
428
429 %mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
430
431You may give a name to any :ref:`type <typesystem>` except
432":ref:`void <t_void>`". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type is
433expected with the syntax "%mytype".
434
435Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they
436indicate, and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same
437type. This often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll
438file. Since LLVM IR uses structural typing, the name is not part of the
439type. When printing out LLVM IR, the printer will pick *one name* to
440render all types of a particular shape. This means that if you have code
441where two different source types end up having the same LLVM type, that
442the dumper will sometimes print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is
443an important design point and isn't going to change.
444
445.. _globalvars:
446
447Global Variables
448----------------
449
450Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
451instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
452have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional
453explicit alignment specified.
454
455A variable may be defined as ``thread_local``, which means that it will
456not be shared by threads (each thread will have a separated copy of the
457variable). Not all targets support thread-local variables. Optionally, a
458TLS model may be specified:
459
460``localdynamic``
461 For variables that are only used within the current shared library.
462``initialexec``
463 For variables in modules that will not be loaded dynamically.
464``localexec``
465 For variables defined in the executable and only used within it.
466
467The models correspond to the ELF TLS models; see `ELF Handling For
468Thread-Local Storage <http://people.redhat.com/drepper/tls.pdf>`_ for
469more information on under which circumstances the different models may
470be used. The target may choose a different TLS model if the specified
471model is not supported, or if a better choice of model can be made.
472
Michael Gottesmanf5735882013-01-31 05:48:48 +0000473A variable may be defined as a global ``constant``, which indicates that
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000474the contents of the variable will **never** be modified (enabling better
475optimization, allowing the global data to be placed in the read-only
476section of an executable, etc). Note that variables that need runtime
Michael Gottesman34804872013-01-31 05:44:04 +0000477initialization cannot be marked ``constant`` as there is a store to the
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000478variable.
479
480LLVM explicitly allows *declarations* of global variables to be marked
481constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This
482capability can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the
483program, but requires the language definition to guarantee that
484optimizations based on the 'constantness' are valid for the translation
485units that do not include the definition.
486
487As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
488(i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
489always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
490region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
491pointers.
492
493Global variables can be marked with ``unnamed_addr`` which indicates
494that the address is not significant, only the content. Constants marked
495like this can be merged with other constants if they have the same
496initializer. Note that a constant with significant address *can* be
497merged with a ``unnamed_addr`` constant, the result being a constant
498whose address is significant.
499
500A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific
501numbered address space. For targets that support them, address spaces
502may affect how optimizations are performed and/or what target
503instructions are used to access the variable. The default address space
504is zero. The address space qualifier must precede any other attributes.
505
506LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the
507target supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.
508
Michael Gottesman6c355ee2013-02-04 03:22:00 +0000509By default, global initializers are optimized by assuming that global
Michael Gottesman42834992013-02-03 09:57:15 +0000510variables defined within the module are not modified from their
511initial values before the start of the global initializer. This is
512true even for variables potentially accessible from outside the
513module, including those with external linkage or appearing in
Michael Gottesmanfa987f02013-02-03 09:57:18 +0000514``@llvm.used``. This assumption may be suppressed by marking the
515variable with ``externally_initialized``.
Michael Gottesman42834992013-02-03 09:57:15 +0000516
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000517An explicit alignment may be specified for a global, which must be a
518power of 2. If not present, or if the alignment is set to zero, the
519alignment of the global is set by the target to whatever it feels
520convenient. If an explicit alignment is specified, the global is forced
521to have exactly that alignment. Targets and optimizers are not allowed
522to over-align the global if the global has an assigned section. In this
523case, the extra alignment could be observable: for example, code could
524assume that the globals are densely packed in their section and try to
525iterate over them as an array, alignment padding would break this
526iteration.
527
528For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space
529with an initializer, section, and alignment:
530
531.. code-block:: llvm
532
533 @G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
534
535The following example defines a thread-local global with the
536``initialexec`` TLS model:
537
538.. code-block:: llvm
539
540 @G = thread_local(initialexec) global i32 0, align 4
541
542.. _functionstructure:
543
544Functions
545---------
546
547LLVM function definitions consist of the "``define``" keyword, an
548optional :ref:`linkage type <linkage>`, an optional :ref:`visibility
549style <visibility>`, an optional :ref:`calling convention <callingconv>`,
550an optional ``unnamed_addr`` attribute, a return type, an optional
551:ref:`parameter attribute <paramattrs>` for the return type, a function
552name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional :ref:`parameter
553attributes <paramattrs>`), optional :ref:`function attributes <fnattrs>`,
554an optional section, an optional alignment, an optional :ref:`garbage
555collector name <gc>`, an opening curly brace, a list of basic blocks,
556and a closing curly brace.
557
558LLVM function declarations consist of the "``declare``" keyword, an
559optional :ref:`linkage type <linkage>`, an optional :ref:`visibility
560style <visibility>`, an optional :ref:`calling convention <callingconv>`,
561an optional ``unnamed_addr`` attribute, a return type, an optional
562:ref:`parameter attribute <paramattrs>` for the return type, a function
563name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
564optional :ref:`garbage collector name <gc>`.
565
566A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
567(Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally
568start with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry),
569contains a list of instructions, and ends with a
570:ref:`terminator <terminators>` instruction (such as a branch or function
Sean Silva57f429f2013-05-20 23:31:12 +0000571return). If explicit label is not provided, a block is assigned an
572implicit numbered label, using a next value from the same counter as used
573for unnamed temporaries (:ref:`see above<identifiers>`). For example, if a
574function entry block does not have explicit label, it will be assigned
575label "%0", then first unnamed temporary in that block will be "%1", etc.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000576
577The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is
578immediately executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed
579to have predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to
580the entry block of a function). Because the block can have no
581predecessors, it also cannot have any :ref:`PHI nodes <i_phi>`.
582
583LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the
584target supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.
585
586An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present,
587or if the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set
588by the target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment
589is specified, the function is forced to have at least that much
590alignment. All alignments must be a power of 2.
591
592If the ``unnamed_addr`` attribute is given, the address is know to not
593be significant and two identical functions can be merged.
594
595Syntax::
596
597 define [linkage] [visibility]
598 [cconv] [ret attrs]
599 <ResultType> @<FunctionName> ([argument list])
600 [fn Attrs] [section "name"] [align N]
601 [gc] { ... }
602
Eli Bendersky1de14102013-06-07 19:40:08 +0000603.. _langref_aliases:
604
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000605Aliases
606-------
607
608Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
609function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value).
610Aliases may have an optional :ref:`linkage type <linkage>`, and an optional
611:ref:`visibility style <visibility>`.
612
613Syntax::
614
615 @<Name> = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] <AliaseeTy> @<Aliasee>
616
617.. _namedmetadatastructure:
618
619Named Metadata
620--------------
621
622Named metadata is a collection of metadata. :ref:`Metadata
623nodes <metadata>` (but not metadata strings) are the only valid
624operands for a named metadata.
625
626Syntax::
627
628 ; Some unnamed metadata nodes, which are referenced by the named metadata.
629 !0 = metadata !{metadata !"zero"}
630 !1 = metadata !{metadata !"one"}
631 !2 = metadata !{metadata !"two"}
632 ; A named metadata.
633 !name = !{!0, !1, !2}
634
635.. _paramattrs:
636
637Parameter Attributes
638--------------------
639
640The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
641*parameter attributes* associated with them. Parameter attributes are
642used to communicate additional information about the result or
643parameters of a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part
644of the function, not of the function type, so functions with different
645parameter attributes can have the same function type.
646
647Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified.
648If multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated.
649For example:
650
651.. code-block:: llvm
652
653 declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
654 declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
655 declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
656
657Note that any attributes for the function result (``nounwind``,
658``readonly``) come immediately after the argument list.
659
660Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:
661
662``zeroext``
663 This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return
664 value should be zero-extended to the extent required by the target's
665 ABI (which is usually 32-bits, but is 8-bits for a i1 on x86-64) by
666 the caller (for a parameter) or the callee (for a return value).
667``signext``
668 This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return
669 value should be sign-extended to the extent required by the target's
670 ABI (which is usually 32-bits) by the caller (for a parameter) or
671 the callee (for a return value).
672``inreg``
673 This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated
674 in a special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for
675 a function call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as
676 opposed to memory, though some targets use it to distinguish between
677 two different kinds of registers). Use of this attribute is
678 target-specific.
679``byval``
680 This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by
681 value to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of
682 the pointee is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee
683 is unable to modify the value in the caller. This attribute is only
684 valid on LLVM pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass
685 structs and arrays by value, but is also valid on pointers to
686 scalars. The copy is considered to belong to the caller not the
687 callee (for example, ``readonly`` functions should not write to
688 ``byval`` parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
689 values.
690
691 The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with the
692 align attribute. It indicates the alignment of the stack slot to
693 form and the known alignment of the pointer specified to the call
694 site. If the alignment is not specified, then the code generator
695 makes a target-specific assumption.
696
697``sret``
698 This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
699 structure that is the return value of the function in the source
700 program. This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid:
Eli Bendersky98202c02013-01-23 22:05:19 +0000701 loads and stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000702 not to trap and to be properly aligned. This may only be applied to
703 the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute for return
704 values.
705``noalias``
Richard Smith2b185262013-06-04 20:42:42 +0000706 This indicates that pointer values :ref:`based <pointeraliasing>` on
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000707 the argument or return value do not alias pointer values which are
708 not *based* on it, ignoring certain "irrelevant" dependencies. For a
709 call to the parent function, dependencies between memory references
710 from before or after the call and from those during the call are
711 "irrelevant" to the ``noalias`` keyword for the arguments and return
712 value used in that call. The caller shares the responsibility with
713 the callee for ensuring that these requirements are met. For further
714 details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias response in `alias
715 analysis <AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo>`_.
716
717 Note that this definition of ``noalias`` is intentionally similar
718 to the definition of ``restrict`` in C99 for function arguments,
719 though it is slightly weaker.
720
721 For function return values, C99's ``restrict`` is not meaningful,
722 while LLVM's ``noalias`` is.
723``nocapture``
724 This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the
725 pointer that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid
726 attribute for return values.
727
728.. _nest:
729
730``nest``
731 This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
732 :ref:`trampoline intrinsics <int_trampoline>`. This is not a valid
Stephen Lin456ca042013-04-20 05:14:40 +0000733 attribute for return values and can only be applied to one parameter.
734
735``returned``
Stephen Lin8592fba2013-06-20 21:55:10 +0000736 This indicates that the function always returns the argument as its return
737 value. This is an optimization hint to the code generator when generating
738 the caller, allowing tail call optimization and omission of register saves
739 and restores in some cases; it is not checked or enforced when generating
740 the callee. The parameter and the function return type must be valid
741 operands for the :ref:`bitcast instruction <i_bitcast>`. This is not a
742 valid attribute for return values and can only be applied to one parameter.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000743
744.. _gc:
745
746Garbage Collector Names
747-----------------------
748
749Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
750string:
751
752.. code-block:: llvm
753
754 define void @f() gc "name" { ... }
755
756The compiler declares the supported values of *name*. Specifying a
757collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
758support the named garbage collection algorithm.
759
Bill Wendling95ce4c22013-02-06 06:52:58 +0000760.. _attrgrp:
761
762Attribute Groups
763----------------
764
765Attribute groups are groups of attributes that are referenced by objects within
766the IR. They are important for keeping ``.ll`` files readable, because a lot of
767functions will use the same set of attributes. In the degenerative case of a
768``.ll`` file that corresponds to a single ``.c`` file, the single attribute
769group will capture the important command line flags used to build that file.
770
771An attribute group is a module-level object. To use an attribute group, an
772object references the attribute group's ID (e.g. ``#37``). An object may refer
773to more than one attribute group. In that situation, the attributes from the
774different groups are merged.
775
776Here is an example of attribute groups for a function that should always be
777inlined, has a stack alignment of 4, and which shouldn't use SSE instructions:
778
779.. code-block:: llvm
780
781 ; Target-independent attributes:
Eli Benderskyf8416092013-04-18 16:11:44 +0000782 attributes #0 = { alwaysinline alignstack=4 }
Bill Wendling95ce4c22013-02-06 06:52:58 +0000783
784 ; Target-dependent attributes:
Eli Benderskyf8416092013-04-18 16:11:44 +0000785 attributes #1 = { "no-sse" }
Bill Wendling95ce4c22013-02-06 06:52:58 +0000786
787 ; Function @f has attributes: alwaysinline, alignstack=4, and "no-sse".
788 define void @f() #0 #1 { ... }
789
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000790.. _fnattrs:
791
792Function Attributes
793-------------------
794
795Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about
796a function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the
797function, not of the function type, so functions with different function
798attributes can have the same function type.
799
800Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified.
801If multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
802example:
803
804.. code-block:: llvm
805
806 define void @f() noinline { ... }
807 define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
808 define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
809 define void @f() optsize { ... }
810
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000811``alignstack(<n>)``
812 This attribute indicates that, when emitting the prologue and
813 epilogue, the backend should forcibly align the stack pointer.
814 Specify the desired alignment, which must be a power of two, in
815 parentheses.
816``alwaysinline``
817 This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline
818 this function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active
819 inlining size threshold for this caller.
Diego Novillo77226a02013-05-24 12:26:52 +0000820``cold``
821 This attribute indicates that this function is rarely called. When
822 computing edge weights, basic blocks post-dominated by a cold
823 function call are also considered to be cold; and, thus, given low
824 weight.
Michael Gottesman2253a2f2013-06-27 00:25:01 +0000825``builtin``
826 This indicates that the callee function at a call site should be
827 recognized as a built-in function, even though the function's declaration
828 uses the ``nobuiltin'' attribute. This is only valid at call sites for
829 direct calls to functions which are declared with the ``nobuiltin``
830 attribute.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000831``nonlazybind``
832 This attribute suppresses lazy symbol binding for the function. This
833 may make calls to the function faster, at the cost of extra program
834 startup time if the function is not called during program startup.
835``inlinehint``
836 This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that
837 inlining this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in
838 C/C++). It is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the
839 inliner.
840``naked``
841 This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the
842 function. This can have very system-specific consequences.
Eli Benderskyf8416092013-04-18 16:11:44 +0000843``nobuiltin``
Michael Gottesman2253a2f2013-06-27 00:25:01 +0000844 This indicates that the callee function at a call site is not recognized as
845 a built-in function. LLVM will retain the original call and not replace it
846 with equivalent code based on the semantics of the built-in function, unless
847 the call site uses the ``builtin`` attribute. This is valid at call sites
848 and on function declarations and definitions.
Bill Wendlingbe5d7472013-02-06 06:22:58 +0000849``noduplicate``
850 This attribute indicates that calls to the function cannot be
851 duplicated. A call to a ``noduplicate`` function may be moved
852 within its parent function, but may not be duplicated within
853 its parent function.
854
855 A function containing a ``noduplicate`` call may still
856 be an inlining candidate, provided that the call is not
857 duplicated by inlining. That implies that the function has
858 internal linkage and only has one call site, so the original
859 call is dead after inlining.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000860``noimplicitfloat``
861 This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.
862``noinline``
863 This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
864 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together
865 with the ``alwaysinline`` attribute.
866``noredzone``
867 This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a
868 red zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.
869``noreturn``
870 This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
871 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the
872 function ever does dynamically return.
873``nounwind``
874 This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
875 with an unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does
876 unwind, its runtime behavior is undefined.
877``optsize``
878 This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator
879 passes make choices that keep the code size of this function low,
880 and otherwise do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.
881``readnone``
882 This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or
883 decides to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments,
884 without dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing
885 any mutable state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to
886 caller functions. It does not write through any pointer arguments
887 (including ``byval`` arguments) and never changes any state visible
888 to callers. This means that it cannot unwind exceptions by calling
889 the ``C++`` exception throwing methods.
890``readonly``
891 This attribute indicates that the function does not write through
892 any pointer arguments (including ``byval`` arguments) or otherwise
893 modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to
894 caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments and read
895 state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
896 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when
897 called with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot
898 unwind an exception by calling the ``C++`` exception throwing
899 methods.
900``returns_twice``
901 This attribute indicates that this function can return twice. The C
902 ``setjmp`` is an example of such a function. The compiler disables
903 some optimizations (like tail calls) in the caller of these
904 functions.
Kostya Serebryany8eec41f2013-02-26 06:58:09 +0000905``sanitize_address``
906 This attribute indicates that AddressSanitizer checks
907 (dynamic address safety analysis) are enabled for this function.
908``sanitize_memory``
909 This attribute indicates that MemorySanitizer checks (dynamic detection
910 of accesses to uninitialized memory) are enabled for this function.
911``sanitize_thread``
912 This attribute indicates that ThreadSanitizer checks
913 (dynamic thread safety analysis) are enabled for this function.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000914``ssp``
915 This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +0000916 smashing protector. It is in the form of a "canary" --- a random value
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000917 placed on the stack before the local variables that's checked upon
918 return from the function to see if it has been overwritten. A
919 heuristic is used to determine if a function needs stack protectors
Bill Wendlinge4957fb2013-01-23 06:43:53 +0000920 or not. The heuristic used will enable protectors for functions with:
Dmitri Gribenkod8acb282013-01-29 23:14:41 +0000921
Bill Wendlinge4957fb2013-01-23 06:43:53 +0000922 - Character arrays larger than ``ssp-buffer-size`` (default 8).
923 - Aggregates containing character arrays larger than ``ssp-buffer-size``.
924 - Calls to alloca() with variable sizes or constant sizes greater than
925 ``ssp-buffer-size``.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000926
927 If a function that has an ``ssp`` attribute is inlined into a
928 function that doesn't have an ``ssp`` attribute, then the resulting
929 function will have an ``ssp`` attribute.
930``sspreq``
931 This attribute indicates that the function should *always* emit a
932 stack smashing protector. This overrides the ``ssp`` function
933 attribute.
934
935 If a function that has an ``sspreq`` attribute is inlined into a
936 function that doesn't have an ``sspreq`` attribute or which has an
Bill Wendling114baee2013-01-23 06:41:41 +0000937 ``ssp`` or ``sspstrong`` attribute, then the resulting function will have
938 an ``sspreq`` attribute.
939``sspstrong``
940 This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
Bill Wendlinge4957fb2013-01-23 06:43:53 +0000941 protector. This attribute causes a strong heuristic to be used when
942 determining if a function needs stack protectors. The strong heuristic
943 will enable protectors for functions with:
Dmitri Gribenkod8acb282013-01-29 23:14:41 +0000944
Bill Wendlinge4957fb2013-01-23 06:43:53 +0000945 - Arrays of any size and type
946 - Aggregates containing an array of any size and type.
947 - Calls to alloca().
948 - Local variables that have had their address taken.
949
950 This overrides the ``ssp`` function attribute.
Bill Wendling114baee2013-01-23 06:41:41 +0000951
952 If a function that has an ``sspstrong`` attribute is inlined into a
953 function that doesn't have an ``sspstrong`` attribute, then the
954 resulting function will have an ``sspstrong`` attribute.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000955``uwtable``
956 This attribute indicates that the ABI being targeted requires that
957 an unwind table entry be produce for this function even if we can
958 show that no exceptions passes by it. This is normally the case for
959 the ELF x86-64 abi, but it can be disabled for some compilation
960 units.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000961
962.. _moduleasm:
963
964Module-Level Inline Assembly
965----------------------------
966
967Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds
968to the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
969concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated
970in the ``.ll`` file if desired. The syntax is very simple:
971
972.. code-block:: llvm
973
974 module asm "inline asm code goes here"
975 module asm "more can go here"
976
977The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable
978characters. The escape sequence used is simply "\\xx" where "xx" is the
979two digit hex code for the number.
980
981The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
982assembly code is generated.
983
Eli Bendersky1de14102013-06-07 19:40:08 +0000984.. _langref_datalayout:
985
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +0000986Data Layout
987-----------
988
989A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies
990how data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
991simply:
992
993.. code-block:: llvm
994
995 target datalayout = "layout specification"
996
997The *layout specification* consists of a list of specifications
998separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts
999with a letter and may include other information after the letter to
1000define some aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are
1001as follows:
1002
1003``E``
1004 Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is,
1005 the bits with the most significance have the lowest address
1006 location.
1007``e``
1008 Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That
1009 is, the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1010 location.
1011``S<size>``
1012 Specifies the natural alignment of the stack in bits. Alignment
1013 promotion of stack variables is limited to the natural stack
1014 alignment to avoid dynamic stack realignment. The stack alignment
1015 must be a multiple of 8-bits. If omitted, the natural stack
1016 alignment defaults to "unspecified", which does not prevent any
1017 alignment promotions.
1018``p[n]:<size>:<abi>:<pref>``
1019 This specifies the *size* of a pointer and its ``<abi>`` and
1020 ``<pref>``\erred alignments for address space ``n``. All sizes are in
1021 bits. Specifying the ``<pref>`` alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1022 preceding ``:`` should be omitted too. The address space, ``n`` is
1023 optional, and if not specified, denotes the default address space 0.
1024 The value of ``n`` must be in the range [1,2^23).
1025``i<size>:<abi>:<pref>``
1026 This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
1027 ``<size>``. The value of ``<size>`` must be in the range [1,2^23).
1028``v<size>:<abi>:<pref>``
1029 This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
1030 ``<size>``.
1031``f<size>:<abi>:<pref>``
1032 This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
1033 ``<size>``. Only values of ``<size>`` that are supported by the target
1034 will work. 32 (float) and 64 (double) are supported on all targets; 80
1035 or 128 (different flavors of long double) are also supported on some
1036 targets.
1037``a<size>:<abi>:<pref>``
1038 This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
1039 ``<size>``.
1040``s<size>:<abi>:<pref>``
1041 This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
1042 ``<size>``.
1043``n<size1>:<size2>:<size3>...``
1044 This specifies a set of native integer widths for the target CPU in
1045 bits. For example, it might contain ``n32`` for 32-bit PowerPC,
1046 ``n32:64`` for PowerPC 64, or ``n8:16:32:64`` for X86-64. Elements of
1047 this set are considered to support most general arithmetic operations
1048 efficiently.
1049
1050When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
1051default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overridden by
1052the specifications in the ``datalayout`` keyword. The default
1053specifications are given in this list:
1054
1055- ``E`` - big endian
1056- ``p:64:64:64`` - 64-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment
Patrik Hagglund3b5f0b02013-01-30 09:02:06 +00001057- ``S0`` - natural stack alignment is unspecified
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001058- ``i1:8:8`` - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned
1059- ``i8:8:8`` - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned
1060- ``i16:16:16`` - i16 is 16-bit aligned
1061- ``i32:32:32`` - i32 is 32-bit aligned
1062- ``i64:32:64`` - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
1063 alignment of 64-bits
Patrik Hagglund3b5f0b02013-01-30 09:02:06 +00001064- ``f16:16:16`` - half is 16-bit aligned
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001065- ``f32:32:32`` - float is 32-bit aligned
1066- ``f64:64:64`` - double is 64-bit aligned
Patrik Hagglund3b5f0b02013-01-30 09:02:06 +00001067- ``f128:128:128`` - quad is 128-bit aligned
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001068- ``v64:64:64`` - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned
1069- ``v128:128:128`` - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned
Patrik Hagglund3b5f0b02013-01-30 09:02:06 +00001070- ``a0:0:64`` - aggregates are 64-bit aligned
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001071
1072When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1073following rules:
1074
1075#. If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications,
1076 that specification is used.
1077#. If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then
1078 the smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the
1079 sought type is used. If none of the specifications are larger than
1080 the bitwidth then the largest integer type is used. For example,
1081 given the default specifications above, the i7 type will use the
1082 alignment of i8 (next largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the
1083 alignment of i64 (largest specified).
1084#. If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
1085 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will
1086 be used as a fall back. This happens because <128 x double> can be
1087 implemented in terms of 64 <2 x double>, for example.
1088
1089The function of the data layout string may not be what you expect.
1090Notably, this is not a specification from the frontend of what alignment
1091the code generator should use.
1092
1093Instead, if specified, the target data layout is required to match what
1094the ultimate *code generator* expects. This string is used by the
1095mid-level optimizers to improve code, and this only works if it matches
1096what the ultimate code generator uses. If you would like to generate IR
1097that does not embed this target-specific detail into the IR, then you
1098don't have to specify the string. This will disable some optimizations
1099that require precise layout information, but this also prevents those
1100optimizations from introducing target specificity into the IR.
1101
1102.. _pointeraliasing:
1103
1104Pointer Aliasing Rules
1105----------------------
1106
1107Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated with
1108an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior is
1109undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges according
1110to the following rules:
1111
1112- A pointer value is associated with the addresses associated with any
1113 value it is *based* on.
1114- An address of a global variable is associated with the address range
1115 of the variable's storage.
1116- The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with the
1117 address range of the allocated storage.
1118- A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with no
1119 address.
1120- An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned from
1121 a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1122 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
1123 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
1124 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.
1125
1126A pointer value is *based* on another pointer value according to the
1127following rules:
1128
1129- A pointer value formed from a ``getelementptr`` operation is *based*
1130 on the first operand of the ``getelementptr``.
1131- The result value of a ``bitcast`` is *based* on the operand of the
1132 ``bitcast``.
1133- A pointer value formed by an ``inttoptr`` is *based* on all pointer
1134 values that contribute (directly or indirectly) to the computation of
1135 the pointer's value.
1136- The "*based* on" relationship is transitive.
1137
1138Note that this definition of *"based"* is intentionally similar to the
1139definition of *"based"* in C99, though it is slightly weaker.
1140
1141LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
1142``load`` merely indicates the size and alignment of the memory from
1143which to load, as well as the interpretation of the value. The first
1144operand type of a ``store`` similarly only indicates the size and
1145alignment of the store.
1146
1147Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1148``-fstrict-aliasing``, is not applicable to general unadorned LLVM IR.
1149:ref:`Metadata <metadata>` may be used to encode additional information
1150which specialized optimization passes may use to implement type-based
1151alias analysis.
1152
1153.. _volatile:
1154
1155Volatile Memory Accesses
1156------------------------
1157
1158Certain memory accesses, such as :ref:`load <i_load>`'s,
1159:ref:`store <i_store>`'s, and :ref:`llvm.memcpy <int_memcpy>`'s may be
1160marked ``volatile``. The optimizers must not change the number of
1161volatile operations or change their order of execution relative to other
1162volatile operations. The optimizers *may* change the order of volatile
1163operations relative to non-volatile operations. This is not Java's
1164"volatile" and has no cross-thread synchronization behavior.
1165
Andrew Trick9a6dd022013-01-30 21:19:35 +00001166IR-level volatile loads and stores cannot safely be optimized into
1167llvm.memcpy or llvm.memmove intrinsics even when those intrinsics are
1168flagged volatile. Likewise, the backend should never split or merge
1169target-legal volatile load/store instructions.
1170
Andrew Trick946317d2013-01-31 00:49:39 +00001171.. admonition:: Rationale
1172
1173 Platforms may rely on volatile loads and stores of natively supported
1174 data width to be executed as single instruction. For example, in C
1175 this holds for an l-value of volatile primitive type with native
1176 hardware support, but not necessarily for aggregate types. The
1177 frontend upholds these expectations, which are intentionally
1178 unspecified in the IR. The rules above ensure that IR transformation
1179 do not violate the frontend's contract with the language.
1180
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001181.. _memmodel:
1182
1183Memory Model for Concurrent Operations
1184--------------------------------------
1185
1186The LLVM IR does not define any way to start parallel threads of
1187execution or to register signal handlers. Nonetheless, there are
1188platform-specific ways to create them, and we define LLVM IR's behavior
1189in their presence. This model is inspired by the C++0x memory model.
1190
1191For a more informal introduction to this model, see the :doc:`Atomics`.
1192
1193We define a *happens-before* partial order as the least partial order
1194that
1195
1196- Is a superset of single-thread program order, and
1197- When a *synchronizes-with* ``b``, includes an edge from ``a`` to
1198 ``b``. *Synchronizes-with* pairs are introduced by platform-specific
1199 techniques, like pthread locks, thread creation, thread joining,
1200 etc., and by atomic instructions. (See also :ref:`Atomic Memory Ordering
1201 Constraints <ordering>`).
1202
1203Note that program order does not introduce *happens-before* edges
1204between a thread and signals executing inside that thread.
1205
1206Every (defined) read operation (load instructions, memcpy, atomic
1207loads/read-modify-writes, etc.) R reads a series of bytes written by
1208(defined) write operations (store instructions, atomic
1209stores/read-modify-writes, memcpy, etc.). For the purposes of this
1210section, initialized globals are considered to have a write of the
1211initializer which is atomic and happens before any other read or write
1212of the memory in question. For each byte of a read R, R\ :sub:`byte`
1213may see any write to the same byte, except:
1214
1215- If write\ :sub:`1` happens before write\ :sub:`2`, and
1216 write\ :sub:`2` happens before R\ :sub:`byte`, then
1217 R\ :sub:`byte` does not see write\ :sub:`1`.
1218- If R\ :sub:`byte` happens before write\ :sub:`3`, then
1219 R\ :sub:`byte` does not see write\ :sub:`3`.
1220
1221Given that definition, R\ :sub:`byte` is defined as follows:
1222
1223- If R is volatile, the result is target-dependent. (Volatile is
1224 supposed to give guarantees which can support ``sig_atomic_t`` in
1225 C/C++, and may be used for accesses to addresses which do not behave
1226 like normal memory. It does not generally provide cross-thread
1227 synchronization.)
1228- Otherwise, if there is no write to the same byte that happens before
1229 R\ :sub:`byte`, R\ :sub:`byte` returns ``undef`` for that byte.
1230- Otherwise, if R\ :sub:`byte` may see exactly one write,
1231 R\ :sub:`byte` returns the value written by that write.
1232- Otherwise, if R is atomic, and all the writes R\ :sub:`byte` may
1233 see are atomic, it chooses one of the values written. See the :ref:`Atomic
1234 Memory Ordering Constraints <ordering>` section for additional
1235 constraints on how the choice is made.
1236- Otherwise R\ :sub:`byte` returns ``undef``.
1237
1238R returns the value composed of the series of bytes it read. This
1239implies that some bytes within the value may be ``undef`` **without**
1240the entire value being ``undef``. Note that this only defines the
1241semantics of the operation; it doesn't mean that targets will emit more
1242than one instruction to read the series of bytes.
1243
1244Note that in cases where none of the atomic intrinsics are used, this
1245model places only one restriction on IR transformations on top of what
1246is required for single-threaded execution: introducing a store to a byte
1247which might not otherwise be stored is not allowed in general.
1248(Specifically, in the case where another thread might write to and read
1249from an address, introducing a store can change a load that may see
1250exactly one write into a load that may see multiple writes.)
1251
1252.. _ordering:
1253
1254Atomic Memory Ordering Constraints
1255----------------------------------
1256
1257Atomic instructions (:ref:`cmpxchg <i_cmpxchg>`,
1258:ref:`atomicrmw <i_atomicrmw>`, :ref:`fence <i_fence>`,
1259:ref:`atomic load <i_load>`, and :ref:`atomic store <i_store>`) take
1260an ordering parameter that determines which other atomic instructions on
1261the same address they *synchronize with*. These semantics are borrowed
1262from Java and C++0x, but are somewhat more colloquial. If these
1263descriptions aren't precise enough, check those specs (see spec
1264references in the :doc:`atomics guide <Atomics>`).
1265:ref:`fence <i_fence>` instructions treat these orderings somewhat
1266differently since they don't take an address. See that instruction's
1267documentation for details.
1268
1269For a simpler introduction to the ordering constraints, see the
1270:doc:`Atomics`.
1271
1272``unordered``
1273 The set of values that can be read is governed by the happens-before
1274 partial order. A value cannot be read unless some operation wrote
1275 it. This is intended to provide a guarantee strong enough to model
1276 Java's non-volatile shared variables. This ordering cannot be
1277 specified for read-modify-write operations; it is not strong enough
1278 to make them atomic in any interesting way.
1279``monotonic``
1280 In addition to the guarantees of ``unordered``, there is a single
1281 total order for modifications by ``monotonic`` operations on each
1282 address. All modification orders must be compatible with the
1283 happens-before order. There is no guarantee that the modification
1284 orders can be combined to a global total order for the whole program
1285 (and this often will not be possible). The read in an atomic
1286 read-modify-write operation (:ref:`cmpxchg <i_cmpxchg>` and
1287 :ref:`atomicrmw <i_atomicrmw>`) reads the value in the modification
1288 order immediately before the value it writes. If one atomic read
1289 happens before another atomic read of the same address, the later
1290 read must see the same value or a later value in the address's
1291 modification order. This disallows reordering of ``monotonic`` (or
1292 stronger) operations on the same address. If an address is written
1293 ``monotonic``-ally by one thread, and other threads ``monotonic``-ally
1294 read that address repeatedly, the other threads must eventually see
1295 the write. This corresponds to the C++0x/C1x
1296 ``memory_order_relaxed``.
1297``acquire``
1298 In addition to the guarantees of ``monotonic``, a
1299 *synchronizes-with* edge may be formed with a ``release`` operation.
1300 This is intended to model C++'s ``memory_order_acquire``.
1301``release``
1302 In addition to the guarantees of ``monotonic``, if this operation
1303 writes a value which is subsequently read by an ``acquire``
1304 operation, it *synchronizes-with* that operation. (This isn't a
1305 complete description; see the C++0x definition of a release
1306 sequence.) This corresponds to the C++0x/C1x
1307 ``memory_order_release``.
1308``acq_rel`` (acquire+release)
1309 Acts as both an ``acquire`` and ``release`` operation on its
1310 address. This corresponds to the C++0x/C1x ``memory_order_acq_rel``.
1311``seq_cst`` (sequentially consistent)
1312 In addition to the guarantees of ``acq_rel`` (``acquire`` for an
1313 operation which only reads, ``release`` for an operation which only
1314 writes), there is a global total order on all
1315 sequentially-consistent operations on all addresses, which is
1316 consistent with the *happens-before* partial order and with the
1317 modification orders of all the affected addresses. Each
1318 sequentially-consistent read sees the last preceding write to the
1319 same address in this global order. This corresponds to the C++0x/C1x
1320 ``memory_order_seq_cst`` and Java volatile.
1321
1322.. _singlethread:
1323
1324If an atomic operation is marked ``singlethread``, it only *synchronizes
1325with* or participates in modification and seq\_cst total orderings with
1326other operations running in the same thread (for example, in signal
1327handlers).
1328
1329.. _fastmath:
1330
1331Fast-Math Flags
1332---------------
1333
1334LLVM IR floating-point binary ops (:ref:`fadd <i_fadd>`,
1335:ref:`fsub <i_fsub>`, :ref:`fmul <i_fmul>`, :ref:`fdiv <i_fdiv>`,
1336:ref:`frem <i_frem>`) have the following flags that can set to enable
1337otherwise unsafe floating point operations
1338
1339``nnan``
1340 No NaNs - Allow optimizations to assume the arguments and result are not
1341 NaN. Such optimizations are required to retain defined behavior over
1342 NaNs, but the value of the result is undefined.
1343
1344``ninf``
1345 No Infs - Allow optimizations to assume the arguments and result are not
1346 +/-Inf. Such optimizations are required to retain defined behavior over
1347 +/-Inf, but the value of the result is undefined.
1348
1349``nsz``
1350 No Signed Zeros - Allow optimizations to treat the sign of a zero
1351 argument or result as insignificant.
1352
1353``arcp``
1354 Allow Reciprocal - Allow optimizations to use the reciprocal of an
1355 argument rather than perform division.
1356
1357``fast``
1358 Fast - Allow algebraically equivalent transformations that may
1359 dramatically change results in floating point (e.g. reassociate). This
1360 flag implies all the others.
1361
1362.. _typesystem:
1363
1364Type System
1365===========
1366
1367The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
1368intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of
1369optimizations to be performed on the intermediate representation
1370directly, without having to do extra analyses on the side before the
1371transformation. A strong type system makes it easier to read the
1372generated code and enables novel analyses and transformations that are
1373not feasible to perform on normal three address code representations.
1374
Eli Bendersky88fe6822013-06-07 20:24:43 +00001375.. _typeclassifications:
1376
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001377Type Classifications
1378--------------------
1379
1380The types fall into a few useful classifications:
1381
1382
1383.. list-table::
1384 :header-rows: 1
1385
1386 * - Classification
1387 - Types
1388
1389 * - :ref:`integer <t_integer>`
1390 - ``i1``, ``i2``, ``i3``, ... ``i8``, ... ``i16``, ... ``i32``, ...
1391 ``i64``, ...
1392
1393 * - :ref:`floating point <t_floating>`
1394 - ``half``, ``float``, ``double``, ``x86_fp80``, ``fp128``,
1395 ``ppc_fp128``
1396
1397
1398 * - first class
1399
1400 .. _t_firstclass:
1401
1402 - :ref:`integer <t_integer>`, :ref:`floating point <t_floating>`,
1403 :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>`, :ref:`vector <t_vector>`,
1404 :ref:`structure <t_struct>`, :ref:`array <t_array>`,
1405 :ref:`label <t_label>`, :ref:`metadata <t_metadata>`.
1406
1407 * - :ref:`primitive <t_primitive>`
1408 - :ref:`label <t_label>`,
1409 :ref:`void <t_void>`,
1410 :ref:`integer <t_integer>`,
1411 :ref:`floating point <t_floating>`,
1412 :ref:`x86mmx <t_x86mmx>`,
1413 :ref:`metadata <t_metadata>`.
1414
1415 * - :ref:`derived <t_derived>`
1416 - :ref:`array <t_array>`,
1417 :ref:`function <t_function>`,
1418 :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>`,
1419 :ref:`structure <t_struct>`,
1420 :ref:`vector <t_vector>`,
1421 :ref:`opaque <t_opaque>`.
1422
1423The :ref:`first class <t_firstclass>` types are perhaps the most important.
1424Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
1425instructions.
1426
1427.. _t_primitive:
1428
1429Primitive Types
1430---------------
1431
1432The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
1433system.
1434
1435.. _t_integer:
1436
1437Integer Type
1438^^^^^^^^^^^^
1439
1440Overview:
1441"""""""""
1442
1443The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an
1444arbitrary bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1
1445bit to 2\ :sup:`23`\ -1 (about 8 million) can be specified.
1446
1447Syntax:
1448"""""""
1449
1450::
1451
1452 iN
1453
1454The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the ``N``
1455value.
1456
1457Examples:
1458"""""""""
1459
1460+----------------+------------------------------------------------+
1461| ``i1`` | a single-bit integer. |
1462+----------------+------------------------------------------------+
1463| ``i32`` | a 32-bit integer. |
1464+----------------+------------------------------------------------+
1465| ``i1942652`` | a really big integer of over 1 million bits. |
1466+----------------+------------------------------------------------+
1467
1468.. _t_floating:
1469
1470Floating Point Types
1471^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1472
1473.. list-table::
1474 :header-rows: 1
1475
1476 * - Type
1477 - Description
1478
1479 * - ``half``
1480 - 16-bit floating point value
1481
1482 * - ``float``
1483 - 32-bit floating point value
1484
1485 * - ``double``
1486 - 64-bit floating point value
1487
1488 * - ``fp128``
1489 - 128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)
1490
1491 * - ``x86_fp80``
1492 - 80-bit floating point value (X87)
1493
1494 * - ``ppc_fp128``
1495 - 128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)
1496
1497.. _t_x86mmx:
1498
1499X86mmx Type
1500^^^^^^^^^^^
1501
1502Overview:
1503"""""""""
1504
1505The x86mmx type represents a value held in an MMX register on an x86
1506machine. The operations allowed on it are quite limited: parameters and
1507return values, load and store, and bitcast. User-specified MMX
1508instructions are represented as intrinsic or asm calls with arguments
1509and/or results of this type. There are no arrays, vectors or constants
1510of this type.
1511
1512Syntax:
1513"""""""
1514
1515::
1516
1517 x86mmx
1518
1519.. _t_void:
1520
1521Void Type
1522^^^^^^^^^
1523
1524Overview:
1525"""""""""
1526
1527The void type does not represent any value and has no size.
1528
1529Syntax:
1530"""""""
1531
1532::
1533
1534 void
1535
1536.. _t_label:
1537
1538Label Type
1539^^^^^^^^^^
1540
1541Overview:
1542"""""""""
1543
1544The label type represents code labels.
1545
1546Syntax:
1547"""""""
1548
1549::
1550
1551 label
1552
1553.. _t_metadata:
1554
1555Metadata Type
1556^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1557
1558Overview:
1559"""""""""
1560
1561The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
1562created from metadata except for :ref:`function <t_function>` arguments.
1563
1564Syntax:
1565"""""""
1566
1567::
1568
1569 metadata
1570
1571.. _t_derived:
1572
1573Derived Types
1574-------------
1575
1576The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This
1577is what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers,
1578and other useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element
1579types which may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For
1580example, it is possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array
1581as the element type of another array.
1582
1583.. _t_aggregate:
1584
1585Aggregate Types
1586^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1587
1588Aggregate Types are a subset of derived types that can contain multiple
1589member types. :ref:`Arrays <t_array>` and :ref:`structs <t_struct>` are
1590aggregate types. :ref:`Vectors <t_vector>` are not considered to be
1591aggregate types.
1592
1593.. _t_array:
1594
1595Array Type
1596^^^^^^^^^^
1597
1598Overview:
1599"""""""""
1600
1601The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
1602sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of
1603elements) and an underlying data type.
1604
1605Syntax:
1606"""""""
1607
1608::
1609
1610 [<# elements> x <elementtype>]
1611
1612The number of elements is a constant integer value; ``elementtype`` may
1613be any type with a size.
1614
1615Examples:
1616"""""""""
1617
1618+------------------+--------------------------------------+
1619| ``[40 x i32]`` | Array of 40 32-bit integer values. |
1620+------------------+--------------------------------------+
1621| ``[41 x i32]`` | Array of 41 32-bit integer values. |
1622+------------------+--------------------------------------+
1623| ``[4 x i8]`` | Array of 4 8-bit integer values. |
1624+------------------+--------------------------------------+
1625
1626Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:
1627
1628+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
1629| ``[3 x [4 x i32]]`` | 3x4 array of 32-bit integer values. |
1630+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
1631| ``[12 x [10 x float]]`` | 12x10 array of single precision floating point values. |
1632+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
1633| ``[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]`` | 2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values. |
1634+-----------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
1635
1636There is no restriction on indexing beyond the end of the array implied
1637by a static type (though there are restrictions on indexing beyond the
1638bounds of an allocated object in some cases). This means that
1639single-dimension 'variable sized array' addressing can be implemented in
1640LLVM with a zero length array type. An implementation of 'pascal style
1641arrays' in LLVM could use the type "``{ i32, [0 x float]}``", for
1642example.
1643
1644.. _t_function:
1645
1646Function Type
1647^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1648
1649Overview:
1650"""""""""
1651
1652The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists
1653of a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type
1654of a function type is a first class type or a void type.
1655
1656Syntax:
1657"""""""
1658
1659::
1660
1661 <returntype> (<parameter list>)
1662
1663...where '``<parameter list>``' is a comma-separated list of type
1664specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type ``...``,
1665which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1666Variable argument functions can access their arguments with the
1667:ref:`variable argument handling intrinsic <int_varargs>` functions.
1668'``<returntype>``' is any type except :ref:`label <t_label>`.
1669
1670Examples:
1671"""""""""
1672
1673+---------------------------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1674| ``i32 (i32)`` | function taking an ``i32``, returning an ``i32`` |
1675+---------------------------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Daniel Dunbar3389dbc2013-01-17 18:57:32 +00001676| ``float (i16, i32 *) *`` | :ref:`Pointer <t_pointer>` to a function that takes an ``i16`` and a :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>` to ``i32``, returning ``float``. |
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001677+---------------------------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1678| ``i32 (i8*, ...)`` | A vararg function that takes at least one :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>` to ``i8`` (char in C), which returns an integer. This is the signature for ``printf`` in LLVM. |
1679+---------------------------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1680| ``{i32, i32} (i32)`` | A function taking an ``i32``, returning a :ref:`structure <t_struct>` containing two ``i32`` values |
1681+---------------------------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1682
1683.. _t_struct:
1684
1685Structure Type
1686^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1687
1688Overview:
1689"""""""""
1690
1691The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
1692together in memory. The elements of a structure may be any type that has
1693a size.
1694
1695Structures in memory are accessed using '``load``' and '``store``' by
1696getting a pointer to a field with the '``getelementptr``' instruction.
1697Structures in registers are accessed using the '``extractvalue``' and
1698'``insertvalue``' instructions.
1699
1700Structures may optionally be "packed" structures, which indicate that
1701the alignment of the struct is one byte, and that there is no padding
1702between the elements. In non-packed structs, padding between field types
1703is inserted as defined by the DataLayout string in the module, which is
1704required to match what the underlying code generator expects.
1705
1706Structures can either be "literal" or "identified". A literal structure
1707is defined inline with other types (e.g. ``{i32, i32}*``) whereas
1708identified types are always defined at the top level with a name.
1709Literal types are uniqued by their contents and can never be recursive
1710or opaque since there is no way to write one. Identified types can be
1711recursive, can be opaqued, and are never uniqued.
1712
1713Syntax:
1714"""""""
1715
1716::
1717
1718 %T1 = type { <type list> } ; Identified normal struct type
1719 %T2 = type <{ <type list> }> ; Identified packed struct type
1720
1721Examples:
1722"""""""""
1723
1724+------------------------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1725| ``{ i32, i32, i32 }`` | A triple of three ``i32`` values |
1726+------------------------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Daniel Dunbar3389dbc2013-01-17 18:57:32 +00001727| ``{ float, i32 (i32) * }`` | A pair, where the first element is a ``float`` and the second element is a :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>` to a :ref:`function <t_function>` that takes an ``i32``, returning an ``i32``. |
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001728+------------------------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1729| ``<{ i8, i32 }>`` | A packed struct known to be 5 bytes in size. |
1730+------------------------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1731
1732.. _t_opaque:
1733
1734Opaque Structure Types
1735^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1736
1737Overview:
1738"""""""""
1739
1740Opaque structure types are used to represent named structure types that
1741do not have a body specified. This corresponds (for example) to the C
1742notion of a forward declared structure.
1743
1744Syntax:
1745"""""""
1746
1747::
1748
1749 %X = type opaque
1750 %52 = type opaque
1751
1752Examples:
1753"""""""""
1754
1755+--------------+-------------------+
1756| ``opaque`` | An opaque type. |
1757+--------------+-------------------+
1758
1759.. _t_pointer:
1760
1761Pointer Type
1762^^^^^^^^^^^^
1763
1764Overview:
1765"""""""""
1766
1767The pointer type is used to specify memory locations. Pointers are
1768commonly used to reference objects in memory.
1769
1770Pointer types may have an optional address space attribute defining the
1771numbered address space where the pointed-to object resides. The default
1772address space is number zero. The semantics of non-zero address spaces
1773are target-specific.
1774
1775Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (``void*``) nor does it
1776permit pointers to labels (``label*``). Use ``i8*`` instead.
1777
1778Syntax:
1779"""""""
1780
1781::
1782
1783 <type> *
1784
1785Examples:
1786"""""""""
1787
1788+-------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1789| ``[4 x i32]*`` | A :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>` to :ref:`array <t_array>` of four ``i32`` values. |
1790+-------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1791| ``i32 (i32*) *`` | A :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>` to a :ref:`function <t_function>` that takes an ``i32*``, returning an ``i32``. |
1792+-------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1793| ``i32 addrspace(5)*`` | A :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>` to an ``i32`` value that resides in address space #5. |
1794+-------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1795
1796.. _t_vector:
1797
1798Vector Type
1799^^^^^^^^^^^
1800
1801Overview:
1802"""""""""
1803
1804A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of
1805elements. Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are
1806operated in parallel using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type
1807requires a size (number of elements) and an underlying primitive data
1808type. Vector types are considered :ref:`first class <t_firstclass>`.
1809
1810Syntax:
1811"""""""
1812
1813::
1814
1815 < <# elements> x <elementtype> >
1816
1817The number of elements is a constant integer value larger than 0;
1818elementtype may be any integer or floating point type, or a pointer to
1819these types. Vectors of size zero are not allowed.
1820
1821Examples:
1822"""""""""
1823
1824+-------------------+--------------------------------------------------+
1825| ``<4 x i32>`` | Vector of 4 32-bit integer values. |
1826+-------------------+--------------------------------------------------+
1827| ``<8 x float>`` | Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values. |
1828+-------------------+--------------------------------------------------+
1829| ``<2 x i64>`` | Vector of 2 64-bit integer values. |
1830+-------------------+--------------------------------------------------+
1831| ``<4 x i64*>`` | Vector of 4 pointers to 64-bit integer values. |
1832+-------------------+--------------------------------------------------+
1833
1834Constants
1835=========
1836
1837LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section
1838describes them all and their syntax.
1839
1840Simple Constants
1841----------------
1842
1843**Boolean constants**
1844 The two strings '``true``' and '``false``' are both valid constants
1845 of the ``i1`` type.
1846**Integer constants**
1847 Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of the
1848 :ref:`integer <t_integer>` type. Negative numbers may be used with
1849 integer types.
1850**Floating point constants**
1851 Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g.
1852 123.421), exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise
1853 hexadecimal notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact
1854 decimal value of a floating-point constant. For example, the
1855 assembler accepts 1.25 but rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating
1856 decimal in binary. Floating point constants must have a :ref:`floating
1857 point <t_floating>` type.
1858**Null pointer constants**
1859 The identifier '``null``' is recognized as a null pointer constant
1860 and must be of :ref:`pointer type <t_pointer>`.
1861
1862The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
1863floating point constants. For example, the form
1864'``double 0x432ff973cafa8000``' is equivalent to (but harder to read
1865than) '``double 4.5e+15``'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
1866constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
1867disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it
1868cannot be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable
1869number of digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special
1870values are represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly
1871and disassembly do not cause any bits to change in the constants.
1872
1873When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types half, float, and
1874double are represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which
1875matches the IEEE754 representation for double); half and float values
Dmitri Gribenkoc3c8d2a2013-01-16 23:40:37 +00001876must, however, be exactly representable as IEEE 754 half and single
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001877precision, respectively. Hexadecimal format is always used for long
1878double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format used
1879by x86 is represented as ``0xK`` followed by 20 hexadecimal digits. The
1880128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented by
1881``0xM`` followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format is
Richard Sandifordd07d2922013-05-03 14:32:27 +00001882represented by ``0xL`` followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. Long doubles
1883will only work if they match the long double format on your target.
1884The IEEE 16-bit format (half precision) is represented by ``0xH``
1885followed by 4 hexadecimal digits. All hexadecimal formats are big-endian
1886(sign bit at the left).
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001887
1888There are no constants of type x86mmx.
1889
Eli Bendersky88fe6822013-06-07 20:24:43 +00001890.. _complexconstants:
1891
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00001892Complex Constants
1893-----------------
1894
1895Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
1896constants and smaller complex constants.
1897
1898**Structure constants**
1899 Structure constants are represented with notation similar to
1900 structure type definitions (a comma separated list of elements,
1901 surrounded by braces (``{}``)). For example:
1902 "``{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }``", where "``@G``" is declared as
1903 "``@G = external global i32``". Structure constants must have
1904 :ref:`structure type <t_struct>`, and the number and types of elements
1905 must match those specified by the type.
1906**Array constants**
1907 Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
1908 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
1909 square brackets (``[]``)). For example:
1910 "``[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74 ]``". Array constants must have
1911 :ref:`array type <t_array>`, and the number and types of elements must
1912 match those specified by the type.
1913**Vector constants**
1914 Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector
1915 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
1916 less-than/greater-than's (``<>``)). For example:
1917 "``< i32 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 >``". Vector constants
1918 must have :ref:`vector type <t_vector>`, and the number and types of
1919 elements must match those specified by the type.
1920**Zero initialization**
1921 The string '``zeroinitializer``' can be used to zero initialize a
1922 value to zero of *any* type, including scalar and
1923 :ref:`aggregate <t_aggregate>` types. This is often used to avoid
1924 having to print large zero initializers (e.g. for large arrays) and
1925 is always exactly equivalent to using explicit zero initializers.
1926**Metadata node**
1927 A metadata node is a structure-like constant with :ref:`metadata
1928 type <t_metadata>`. For example:
1929 "``metadata !{ i32 0, metadata !"test" }``". Unlike other
1930 constants that are meant to be interpreted as part of the
1931 instruction stream, metadata is a place to attach additional
1932 information such as debug info.
1933
1934Global Variable and Function Addresses
1935--------------------------------------
1936
1937The addresses of :ref:`global variables <globalvars>` and
1938:ref:`functions <functionstructure>` are always implicitly valid
1939(link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
1940the :ref:`identifier for the global <identifiers>` is used and always have
1941:ref:`pointer <t_pointer>` type. For example, the following is a legal LLVM
1942file:
1943
1944.. code-block:: llvm
1945
1946 @X = global i32 17
1947 @Y = global i32 42
1948 @Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
1949
1950.. _undefvalues:
1951
1952Undefined Values
1953----------------
1954
1955The string '``undef``' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
1956indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified
1957bit-pattern. Undefined values may be of any type (other than '``label``'
1958or '``void``') and be used anywhere a constant is permitted.
1959
1960Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that
1961the program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
1962compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of
1963(potentially surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):
1964
1965.. code-block:: llvm
1966
1967 %A = add %X, undef
1968 %B = sub %X, undef
1969 %C = xor %X, undef
1970 Safe:
1971 %A = undef
1972 %B = undef
1973 %C = undef
1974
1975This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef
1976bits. Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.
1977
1978.. code-block:: llvm
1979
1980 %A = or %X, undef
1981 %B = and %X, undef
1982 Safe:
1983 %A = -1
1984 %B = 0
1985 Unsafe:
1986 %A = undef
1987 %B = undef
1988
1989These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the
1990input. For example, if ``%X`` has a zero bit, then the output of the
1991'``and``' operation will always be a zero for that bit, no matter what
1992the corresponding bit from the '``undef``' is. As such, it is unsafe to
1993optimize or assume that the result of the '``and``' is '``undef``'.
1994However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the '``undef``' could be
19950, and optimize the '``and``' to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that
1996all the bits of the '``undef``' operand to the '``or``' could be set,
1997allowing the '``or``' to be folded to -1.
1998
1999.. code-block:: llvm
2000
2001 %A = select undef, %X, %Y
2002 %B = select undef, 42, %Y
2003 %C = select %X, %Y, undef
2004 Safe:
2005 %A = %X (or %Y)
2006 %B = 42 (or %Y)
2007 %C = %Y
2008 Unsafe:
2009 %A = undef
2010 %B = undef
2011 %C = undef
2012
2013This set of examples shows that undefined '``select``' (and conditional
2014branch) conditions can go *either way*, but they have to come from one
2015of the two operands. In the ``%A`` example, if ``%X`` and ``%Y`` were
2016both known to have a clear low bit, then ``%A`` would have to have a
2017cleared low bit. However, in the ``%C`` example, the optimizer is
2018allowed to assume that the '``undef``' operand could be the same as
2019``%Y``, allowing the whole '``select``' to be eliminated.
2020
2021.. code-block:: llvm
2022
2023 %A = xor undef, undef
2024
2025 %B = undef
2026 %C = xor %B, %B
2027
2028 %D = undef
2029 %E = icmp lt %D, 4
2030 %F = icmp gte %D, 4
2031
2032 Safe:
2033 %A = undef
2034 %B = undef
2035 %C = undef
2036 %D = undef
2037 %E = undef
2038 %F = undef
2039
2040This example points out that two '``undef``' operands are not
2041necessarily the same. This can be surprising to people (and also matches
2042C semantics) where they assume that "``X^X``" is always zero, even if
2043``X`` is undefined. This isn't true for a number of reasons, but the
2044short answer is that an '``undef``' "variable" can arbitrarily change
2045its value over its "live range". This is true because the variable
2046doesn't actually *have a live range*. Instead, the value is logically
2047read from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed, so
2048the value is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, ``%A`` and
2049``%C`` need to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all
2050uses with" concept would not hold.
2051
2052.. code-block:: llvm
2053
2054 %A = fdiv undef, %X
2055 %B = fdiv %X, undef
2056 Safe:
2057 %A = undef
2058 b: unreachable
2059
2060These examples show the crucial difference between an *undefined value*
2061and *undefined behavior*. An undefined value (like '``undef``') is
2062allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that the ``%A``
2063operation can be constant folded to '``undef``', because the '``undef``'
2064could be an SNaN, and ``fdiv`` is not (currently) defined on SNaN's.
2065However, in the second example, we can make a more aggressive
2066assumption: because the ``undef`` is allowed to be an arbitrary value,
2067we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a divide by zero
2068has *undefined behavior*, we are allowed to assume that the operation
2069does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and all
2070code after it. Because the undefined operation "can't happen", the
2071optimizer can assume that it occurs in dead code.
2072
2073.. code-block:: llvm
2074
2075 a: store undef -> %X
2076 b: store %X -> undef
2077 Safe:
2078 a: <deleted>
2079 b: unreachable
2080
2081These examples reiterate the ``fdiv`` example: a store *of* an undefined
2082value can be assumed to not have any effect; we can assume that the
2083value is overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already
2084there. However, a store *to* an undefined location could clobber
2085arbitrary memory, therefore, it has undefined behavior.
2086
2087.. _poisonvalues:
2088
2089Poison Values
2090-------------
2091
2092Poison values are similar to :ref:`undef values <undefvalues>`, however
2093they also represent the fact that an instruction or constant expression
2094which cannot evoke side effects has nevertheless detected a condition
2095which results in undefined behavior.
2096
2097There is currently no way of representing a poison value in the IR; they
2098only exist when produced by operations such as :ref:`add <i_add>` with
2099the ``nsw`` flag.
2100
2101Poison value behavior is defined in terms of value *dependence*:
2102
2103- Values other than :ref:`phi <i_phi>` nodes depend on their operands.
2104- :ref:`Phi <i_phi>` nodes depend on the operand corresponding to
2105 their dynamic predecessor basic block.
2106- Function arguments depend on the corresponding actual argument values
2107 in the dynamic callers of their functions.
2108- :ref:`Call <i_call>` instructions depend on the :ref:`ret <i_ret>`
2109 instructions that dynamically transfer control back to them.
2110- :ref:`Invoke <i_invoke>` instructions depend on the
2111 :ref:`ret <i_ret>`, :ref:`resume <i_resume>`, or exception-throwing
2112 call instructions that dynamically transfer control back to them.
2113- Non-volatile loads and stores depend on the most recent stores to all
2114 of the referenced memory addresses, following the order in the IR
2115 (including loads and stores implied by intrinsics such as
2116 :ref:`@llvm.memcpy <int_memcpy>`.)
2117- An instruction with externally visible side effects depends on the
2118 most recent preceding instruction with externally visible side
2119 effects, following the order in the IR. (This includes :ref:`volatile
2120 operations <volatile>`.)
2121- An instruction *control-depends* on a :ref:`terminator
2122 instruction <terminators>` if the terminator instruction has
2123 multiple successors and the instruction is always executed when
2124 control transfers to one of the successors, and may not be executed
2125 when control is transferred to another.
2126- Additionally, an instruction also *control-depends* on a terminator
2127 instruction if the set of instructions it otherwise depends on would
2128 be different if the terminator had transferred control to a different
2129 successor.
2130- Dependence is transitive.
2131
2132Poison Values have the same behavior as :ref:`undef values <undefvalues>`,
2133with the additional affect that any instruction which has a *dependence*
2134on a poison value has undefined behavior.
2135
2136Here are some examples:
2137
2138.. code-block:: llvm
2139
2140 entry:
2141 %poison = sub nuw i32 0, 1 ; Results in a poison value.
2142 %still_poison = and i32 %poison, 0 ; 0, but also poison.
2143 %poison_yet_again = getelementptr i32* @h, i32 %still_poison
2144 store i32 0, i32* %poison_yet_again ; memory at @h[0] is poisoned
2145
2146 store i32 %poison, i32* @g ; Poison value stored to memory.
2147 %poison2 = load i32* @g ; Poison value loaded back from memory.
2148
2149 store volatile i32 %poison, i32* @g ; External observation; undefined behavior.
2150
2151 %narrowaddr = bitcast i32* @g to i16*
2152 %wideaddr = bitcast i32* @g to i64*
2153 %poison3 = load i16* %narrowaddr ; Returns a poison value.
2154 %poison4 = load i64* %wideaddr ; Returns a poison value.
2155
2156 %cmp = icmp slt i32 %poison, 0 ; Returns a poison value.
2157 br i1 %cmp, label %true, label %end ; Branch to either destination.
2158
2159 true:
2160 store volatile i32 0, i32* @g ; This is control-dependent on %cmp, so
2161 ; it has undefined behavior.
2162 br label %end
2163
2164 end:
2165 %p = phi i32 [ 0, %entry ], [ 1, %true ]
2166 ; Both edges into this PHI are
2167 ; control-dependent on %cmp, so this
2168 ; always results in a poison value.
2169
2170 store volatile i32 0, i32* @g ; This would depend on the store in %true
2171 ; if %cmp is true, or the store in %entry
2172 ; otherwise, so this is undefined behavior.
2173
2174 br i1 %cmp, label %second_true, label %second_end
2175 ; The same branch again, but this time the
2176 ; true block doesn't have side effects.
2177
2178 second_true:
2179 ; No side effects!
2180 ret void
2181
2182 second_end:
2183 store volatile i32 0, i32* @g ; This time, the instruction always depends
2184 ; on the store in %end. Also, it is
2185 ; control-equivalent to %end, so this is
2186 ; well-defined (ignoring earlier undefined
2187 ; behavior in this example).
2188
2189.. _blockaddress:
2190
2191Addresses of Basic Blocks
2192-------------------------
2193
2194``blockaddress(@function, %block)``
2195
2196The '``blockaddress``' constant computes the address of the specified
2197basic block in the specified function, and always has an ``i8*`` type.
2198Taking the address of the entry block is illegal.
2199
2200This value only has defined behavior when used as an operand to the
2201':ref:`indirectbr <i_indirectbr>`' instruction, or for comparisons
2202against null. Pointer equality tests between labels addresses results in
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00002203undefined behavior --- though, again, comparison against null is ok, and
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002204no label is equal to the null pointer. This may be passed around as an
2205opaque pointer sized value as long as the bits are not inspected. This
2206allows ``ptrtoint`` and arithmetic to be performed on these values so
2207long as the original value is reconstituted before the ``indirectbr``
2208instruction.
2209
2210Finally, some targets may provide defined semantics when using the value
2211as the operand to an inline assembly, but that is target specific.
2212
Eli Bendersky88fe6822013-06-07 20:24:43 +00002213.. _constantexprs:
2214
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002215Constant Expressions
2216--------------------
2217
2218Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other
2219constants to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of any
2220:ref:`first class <t_firstclass>` type and may involve any LLVM operation
2221that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not supported).
2222The following is the syntax for constant expressions:
2223
2224``trunc (CST to TYPE)``
2225 Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2226 larger than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.
2227``zext (CST to TYPE)``
2228 Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2229 smaller than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.
2230``sext (CST to TYPE)``
2231 Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2232 smaller than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.
2233``fptrunc (CST to TYPE)``
2234 Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type.
2235 The size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types
2236 must be floating point.
2237``fpext (CST to TYPE)``
2238 Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST
2239 must be smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2240 floating point.
2241``fptoui (CST to TYPE)``
2242 Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned
2243 integer constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST
2244 must be of scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE
2245 must be scalars, or vectors of the same number of elements. If the
2246 value won't fit in the integer type, the results are undefined.
2247``fptosi (CST to TYPE)``
2248 Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed
2249 integer constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST
2250 must be of scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE
2251 must be scalars, or vectors of the same number of elements. If the
2252 value won't fit in the integer type, the results are undefined.
2253``uitofp (CST to TYPE)``
2254 Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating
2255 point constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type.
2256 CST must be of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must
2257 be scalars, or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value
2258 won't fit in the floating point type, the results are undefined.
2259``sitofp (CST to TYPE)``
2260 Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating
2261 point constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type.
2262 CST must be of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must
2263 be scalars, or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value
2264 won't fit in the floating point type, the results are undefined.
2265``ptrtoint (CST to TYPE)``
2266 Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer
Eli Bendersky48f80152013-03-11 16:51:15 +00002267 constant. ``TYPE`` must be an integer type. ``CST`` must be of
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002268 pointer type. The ``CST`` value is zero extended, truncated, or
2269 unchanged to make it fit in ``TYPE``.
2270``inttoptr (CST to TYPE)``
2271 Convert an integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a
2272 pointer type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero
2273 extended, truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size.
2274 This one is *really* dangerous!
2275``bitcast (CST to TYPE)``
2276 Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the
2277 operands are the same as those for the :ref:`bitcast
2278 instruction <i_bitcast>`.
2279``getelementptr (CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ...)``, ``getelementptr inbounds (CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ...)``
2280 Perform the :ref:`getelementptr operation <i_getelementptr>` on
2281 constants. As with the :ref:`getelementptr <i_getelementptr>`
2282 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2283 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".
2284``select (COND, VAL1, VAL2)``
2285 Perform the :ref:`select operation <i_select>` on constants.
2286``icmp COND (VAL1, VAL2)``
2287 Performs the :ref:`icmp operation <i_icmp>` on constants.
2288``fcmp COND (VAL1, VAL2)``
2289 Performs the :ref:`fcmp operation <i_fcmp>` on constants.
2290``extractelement (VAL, IDX)``
2291 Perform the :ref:`extractelement operation <i_extractelement>` on
2292 constants.
2293``insertelement (VAL, ELT, IDX)``
2294 Perform the :ref:`insertelement operation <i_insertelement>` on
2295 constants.
2296``shufflevector (VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK)``
2297 Perform the :ref:`shufflevector operation <i_shufflevector>` on
2298 constants.
2299``extractvalue (VAL, IDX0, IDX1, ...)``
2300 Perform the :ref:`extractvalue operation <i_extractvalue>` on
2301 constants. The index list is interpreted in a similar manner as
2302 indices in a ':ref:`getelementptr <i_getelementptr>`' operation. At
2303 least one index value must be specified.
2304``insertvalue (VAL, ELT, IDX0, IDX1, ...)``
2305 Perform the :ref:`insertvalue operation <i_insertvalue>` on constants.
2306 The index list is interpreted in a similar manner as indices in a
2307 ':ref:`getelementptr <i_getelementptr>`' operation. At least one index
2308 value must be specified.
2309``OPCODE (LHS, RHS)``
2310 Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE
2311 may be any of the :ref:`binary <binaryops>` or :ref:`bitwise
2312 binary <bitwiseops>` operations. The constraints on operands are
2313 the same as those for the corresponding instruction (e.g. no bitwise
2314 operations on floating point values are allowed).
2315
2316Other Values
2317============
2318
Eli Bendersky88fe6822013-06-07 20:24:43 +00002319.. _inlineasmexprs:
2320
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002321Inline Assembler Expressions
2322----------------------------
2323
2324LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed to :ref:`Module-Level
2325Inline Assembly <moduleasm>`) through the use of a special value. This
2326value represents the inline assembler as a string (containing the
2327instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored as a
2328string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm expression
2329has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function containing
2330the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example inline
2331assembler expression is:
2332
2333.. code-block:: llvm
2334
2335 i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
2336
2337Inline assembler expressions may **only** be used as the callee operand
2338of a :ref:`call <i_call>` or an :ref:`invoke <i_invoke>` instruction.
2339Thus, typically we have:
2340
2341.. code-block:: llvm
2342
2343 %X = call i32 asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
2344
2345Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2346marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2347'``sideeffect``' keyword, like so:
2348
2349.. code-block:: llvm
2350
2351 call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
2352
2353In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless
2354the stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on
2355x86, yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
2356The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm
2357might contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the
2358prologue if the '``alignstack``' keyword is present:
2359
2360.. code-block:: llvm
2361
2362 call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
2363
2364Inline asms also support using non-standard assembly dialects. The
2365assumed dialect is ATT. When the '``inteldialect``' keyword is present,
2366the inline asm is using the Intel dialect. Currently, ATT and Intel are
2367the only supported dialects. An example is:
2368
2369.. code-block:: llvm
2370
2371 call void asm inteldialect "eieio", ""()
2372
2373If multiple keywords appear the '``sideeffect``' keyword must come
2374first, the '``alignstack``' keyword second and the '``inteldialect``'
2375keyword last.
2376
2377Inline Asm Metadata
2378^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2379
2380The call instructions that wrap inline asm nodes may have a
2381"``!srcloc``" MDNode attached to it that contains a list of constant
2382integers. If present, the code generator will use the integer as the
2383location cookie value when report errors through the ``LLVMContext``
2384error reporting mechanisms. This allows a front-end to correlate backend
2385errors that occur with inline asm back to the source code that produced
2386it. For example:
2387
2388.. code-block:: llvm
2389
2390 call void asm sideeffect "something bad", ""(), !srcloc !42
2391 ...
2392 !42 = !{ i32 1234567 }
2393
2394It is up to the front-end to make sense of the magic numbers it places
2395in the IR. If the MDNode contains multiple constants, the code generator
2396will use the one that corresponds to the line of the asm that the error
2397occurs on.
2398
2399.. _metadata:
2400
2401Metadata Nodes and Metadata Strings
2402-----------------------------------
2403
2404LLVM IR allows metadata to be attached to instructions in the program
2405that can convey extra information about the code to the optimizers and
2406code generator. One example application of metadata is source-level
2407debug information. There are two metadata primitives: strings and nodes.
2408All metadata has the ``metadata`` type and is identified in syntax by a
2409preceding exclamation point ('``!``').
2410
2411A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can
2412contain any character by escaping non-printable characters with
2413"``\xx``" where "``xx``" is the two digit hex code. For example:
2414"``!"test\00"``".
2415
2416Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure
2417constants (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and
2418preceded by an exclamation point). Metadata nodes can have any values as
2419their operand. For example:
2420
2421.. code-block:: llvm
2422
2423 !{ metadata !"test\00", i32 10}
2424
2425A :ref:`named metadata <namedmetadatastructure>` is a collection of
2426metadata nodes, which can be looked up in the module symbol table. For
2427example:
2428
2429.. code-block:: llvm
2430
2431 !foo = metadata !{!4, !3}
2432
2433Metadata can be used as function arguments. Here ``llvm.dbg.value``
2434function is using two metadata arguments:
2435
2436.. code-block:: llvm
2437
2438 call void @llvm.dbg.value(metadata !24, i64 0, metadata !25)
2439
2440Metadata can be attached with an instruction. Here metadata ``!21`` is
2441attached to the ``add`` instruction using the ``!dbg`` identifier:
2442
2443.. code-block:: llvm
2444
2445 %indvar.next = add i64 %indvar, 1, !dbg !21
2446
2447More information about specific metadata nodes recognized by the
2448optimizers and code generator is found below.
2449
2450'``tbaa``' Metadata
2451^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2452
2453In LLVM IR, memory does not have types, so LLVM's own type system is not
2454suitable for doing TBAA. Instead, metadata is added to the IR to
2455describe a type system of a higher level language. This can be used to
2456implement typical C/C++ TBAA, but it can also be used to implement
2457custom alias analysis behavior for other languages.
2458
2459The current metadata format is very simple. TBAA metadata nodes have up
2460to three fields, e.g.:
2461
2462.. code-block:: llvm
2463
2464 !0 = metadata !{ metadata !"an example type tree" }
2465 !1 = metadata !{ metadata !"int", metadata !0 }
2466 !2 = metadata !{ metadata !"float", metadata !0 }
2467 !3 = metadata !{ metadata !"const float", metadata !2, i64 1 }
2468
2469The first field is an identity field. It can be any value, usually a
2470metadata string, which uniquely identifies the type. The most important
2471name in the tree is the name of the root node. Two trees with different
2472root node names are entirely disjoint, even if they have leaves with
2473common names.
2474
2475The second field identifies the type's parent node in the tree, or is
2476null or omitted for a root node. A type is considered to alias all of
2477its descendants and all of its ancestors in the tree. Also, a type is
2478considered to alias all types in other trees, so that bitcode produced
2479from multiple front-ends is handled conservatively.
2480
2481If the third field is present, it's an integer which if equal to 1
2482indicates that the type is "constant" (meaning
2483``pointsToConstantMemory`` should return true; see `other useful
2484AliasAnalysis methods <AliasAnalysis.html#OtherItfs>`_).
2485
2486'``tbaa.struct``' Metadata
2487^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2488
2489The :ref:`llvm.memcpy <int_memcpy>` is often used to implement
2490aggregate assignment operations in C and similar languages, however it
2491is defined to copy a contiguous region of memory, which is more than
2492strictly necessary for aggregate types which contain holes due to
2493padding. Also, it doesn't contain any TBAA information about the fields
2494of the aggregate.
2495
2496``!tbaa.struct`` metadata can describe which memory subregions in a
2497memcpy are padding and what the TBAA tags of the struct are.
2498
2499The current metadata format is very simple. ``!tbaa.struct`` metadata
2500nodes are a list of operands which are in conceptual groups of three.
2501For each group of three, the first operand gives the byte offset of a
2502field in bytes, the second gives its size in bytes, and the third gives
2503its tbaa tag. e.g.:
2504
2505.. code-block:: llvm
2506
2507 !4 = metadata !{ i64 0, i64 4, metadata !1, i64 8, i64 4, metadata !2 }
2508
2509This describes a struct with two fields. The first is at offset 0 bytes
2510with size 4 bytes, and has tbaa tag !1. The second is at offset 8 bytes
2511and has size 4 bytes and has tbaa tag !2.
2512
2513Note that the fields need not be contiguous. In this example, there is a
25144 byte gap between the two fields. This gap represents padding which
2515does not carry useful data and need not be preserved.
2516
2517'``fpmath``' Metadata
2518^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2519
2520``fpmath`` metadata may be attached to any instruction of floating point
2521type. It can be used to express the maximum acceptable error in the
2522result of that instruction, in ULPs, thus potentially allowing the
2523compiler to use a more efficient but less accurate method of computing
2524it. ULP is defined as follows:
2525
2526 If ``x`` is a real number that lies between two finite consecutive
2527 floating-point numbers ``a`` and ``b``, without being equal to one
2528 of them, then ``ulp(x) = |b - a|``, otherwise ``ulp(x)`` is the
2529 distance between the two non-equal finite floating-point numbers
2530 nearest ``x``. Moreover, ``ulp(NaN)`` is ``NaN``.
2531
2532The metadata node shall consist of a single positive floating point
2533number representing the maximum relative error, for example:
2534
2535.. code-block:: llvm
2536
2537 !0 = metadata !{ float 2.5 } ; maximum acceptable inaccuracy is 2.5 ULPs
2538
2539'``range``' Metadata
2540^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2541
2542``range`` metadata may be attached only to loads of integer types. It
2543expresses the possible ranges the loaded value is in. The ranges are
2544represented with a flattened list of integers. The loaded value is known
2545to be in the union of the ranges defined by each consecutive pair. Each
2546pair has the following properties:
2547
2548- The type must match the type loaded by the instruction.
2549- The pair ``a,b`` represents the range ``[a,b)``.
2550- Both ``a`` and ``b`` are constants.
2551- The range is allowed to wrap.
2552- The range should not represent the full or empty set. That is,
2553 ``a!=b``.
2554
2555In addition, the pairs must be in signed order of the lower bound and
2556they must be non-contiguous.
2557
2558Examples:
2559
2560.. code-block:: llvm
2561
2562 %a = load i8* %x, align 1, !range !0 ; Can only be 0 or 1
2563 %b = load i8* %y, align 1, !range !1 ; Can only be 255 (-1), 0 or 1
2564 %c = load i8* %z, align 1, !range !2 ; Can only be 0, 1, 3, 4 or 5
2565 %d = load i8* %z, align 1, !range !3 ; Can only be -2, -1, 3, 4 or 5
2566 ...
2567 !0 = metadata !{ i8 0, i8 2 }
2568 !1 = metadata !{ i8 255, i8 2 }
2569 !2 = metadata !{ i8 0, i8 2, i8 3, i8 6 }
2570 !3 = metadata !{ i8 -2, i8 0, i8 3, i8 6 }
2571
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002572'``llvm.loop``'
2573^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2574
2575It is sometimes useful to attach information to loop constructs. Currently,
2576loop metadata is implemented as metadata attached to the branch instruction
2577in the loop latch block. This type of metadata refer to a metadata node that is
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002578guaranteed to be separate for each loop. The loop identifier metadata is
2579specified with the name ``llvm.loop``.
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002580
2581The loop identifier metadata is implemented using a metadata that refers to
Michael Liao2faa0f32013-03-06 18:24:34 +00002582itself to avoid merging it with any other identifier metadata, e.g.,
2583during module linkage or function inlining. That is, each loop should refer
2584to their own identification metadata even if they reside in separate functions.
2585The following example contains loop identifier metadata for two separate loop
Pekka Jaaskelainen45b2c252013-02-22 12:03:07 +00002586constructs:
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002587
2588.. code-block:: llvm
Paul Redmond8f0696c2013-02-21 17:20:45 +00002589
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002590 !0 = metadata !{ metadata !0 }
Pekka Jaaskelainen45b2c252013-02-22 12:03:07 +00002591 !1 = metadata !{ metadata !1 }
2592
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002593The loop identifier metadata can be used to specify additional per-loop
2594metadata. Any operands after the first operand can be treated as user-defined
2595metadata. For example the ``llvm.vectorizer.unroll`` metadata is understood
2596by the loop vectorizer to indicate how many times to unroll the loop:
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002597
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002598.. code-block:: llvm
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002599
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002600 br i1 %exitcond, label %._crit_edge, label %.lr.ph, !llvm.loop !0
2601 ...
2602 !0 = metadata !{ metadata !0, metadata !1 }
2603 !1 = metadata !{ metadata !"llvm.vectorizer.unroll", i32 2 }
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002604
2605'``llvm.mem``'
2606^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2607
2608Metadata types used to annotate memory accesses with information helpful
2609for optimizations are prefixed with ``llvm.mem``.
2610
2611'``llvm.mem.parallel_loop_access``' Metadata
2612^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2613
2614For a loop to be parallel, in addition to using
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002615the ``llvm.loop`` metadata to mark the loop latch branch instruction,
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002616also all of the memory accessing instructions in the loop body need to be
2617marked with the ``llvm.mem.parallel_loop_access`` metadata. If there
2618is at least one memory accessing instruction not marked with the metadata,
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002619the loop must be considered a sequential loop. This causes parallel loops to be
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002620converted to sequential loops due to optimization passes that are unaware of
2621the parallel semantics and that insert new memory instructions to the loop
2622body.
2623
2624Example of a loop that is considered parallel due to its correct use of
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002625both ``llvm.loop`` and ``llvm.mem.parallel_loop_access``
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002626metadata types that refer to the same loop identifier metadata.
2627
2628.. code-block:: llvm
2629
2630 for.body:
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002631 ...
2632 %0 = load i32* %arrayidx, align 4, !llvm.mem.parallel_loop_access !0
2633 ...
2634 store i32 %0, i32* %arrayidx4, align 4, !llvm.mem.parallel_loop_access !0
2635 ...
2636 br i1 %exitcond, label %for.end, label %for.body, !llvm.loop !0
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002637
2638 for.end:
2639 ...
2640 !0 = metadata !{ metadata !0 }
2641
2642It is also possible to have nested parallel loops. In that case the
2643memory accesses refer to a list of loop identifier metadata nodes instead of
2644the loop identifier metadata node directly:
2645
2646.. code-block:: llvm
2647
2648 outer.for.body:
2649 ...
2650
2651 inner.for.body:
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002652 ...
2653 %0 = load i32* %arrayidx, align 4, !llvm.mem.parallel_loop_access !0
2654 ...
2655 store i32 %0, i32* %arrayidx4, align 4, !llvm.mem.parallel_loop_access !0
2656 ...
2657 br i1 %exitcond, label %inner.for.end, label %inner.for.body, !llvm.loop !1
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002658
2659 inner.for.end:
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002660 ...
2661 %0 = load i32* %arrayidx, align 4, !llvm.mem.parallel_loop_access !0
2662 ...
2663 store i32 %0, i32* %arrayidx4, align 4, !llvm.mem.parallel_loop_access !0
2664 ...
2665 br i1 %exitcond, label %outer.for.end, label %outer.for.body, !llvm.loop !2
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002666
2667 outer.for.end: ; preds = %for.body
2668 ...
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002669 !0 = metadata !{ metadata !1, metadata !2 } ; a list of loop identifiers
2670 !1 = metadata !{ metadata !1 } ; an identifier for the inner loop
2671 !2 = metadata !{ metadata !2 } ; an identifier for the outer loop
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002672
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002673'``llvm.vectorizer``'
2674^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2675
2676Metadata prefixed with ``llvm.vectorizer`` is used to control per-loop
2677vectorization parameters such as vectorization factor and unroll factor.
2678
2679``llvm.vectorizer`` metadata should be used in conjunction with ``llvm.loop``
2680loop identification metadata.
2681
2682'``llvm.vectorizer.unroll``' Metadata
2683^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2684
2685This metadata instructs the loop vectorizer to unroll the specified
2686loop exactly ``N`` times.
2687
2688The first operand is the string ``llvm.vectorizer.unroll`` and the second
2689operand is an integer specifying the unroll factor. For example:
2690
2691.. code-block:: llvm
2692
2693 !0 = metadata !{ metadata !"llvm.vectorizer.unroll", i32 4 }
2694
2695Note that setting ``llvm.vectorizer.unroll`` to 1 disables unrolling of the
2696loop.
2697
2698If ``llvm.vectorizer.unroll`` is set to 0 then the amount of unrolling will be
2699determined automatically.
2700
2701'``llvm.vectorizer.width``' Metadata
2702^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
2703
Paul Redmondf95ac8a2013-05-30 17:22:46 +00002704This metadata sets the target width of the vectorizer to ``N``. Without
2705this metadata, the vectorizer will choose a width automatically.
2706Regardless of this metadata, the vectorizer will only vectorize loops if
2707it believes it is valid to do so.
Paul Redmondee21b6f2013-05-28 20:00:34 +00002708
2709The first operand is the string ``llvm.vectorizer.width`` and the second
2710operand is an integer specifying the width. For example:
2711
2712.. code-block:: llvm
2713
2714 !0 = metadata !{ metadata !"llvm.vectorizer.width", i32 4 }
2715
2716Note that setting ``llvm.vectorizer.width`` to 1 disables vectorization of the
2717loop.
2718
2719If ``llvm.vectorizer.width`` is set to 0 then the width will be determined
2720automatically.
Pekka Jaaskelainen5d0ce792013-02-13 18:08:57 +00002721
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002722Module Flags Metadata
2723=====================
2724
2725Information about the module as a whole is difficult to convey to LLVM's
2726subsystems. The LLVM IR isn't sufficient to transmit this information.
2727The ``llvm.module.flags`` named metadata exists in order to facilitate
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00002728this. These flags are in the form of key / value pairs --- much like a
2729dictionary --- making it easy for any subsystem who cares about a flag to
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002730look it up.
2731
2732The ``llvm.module.flags`` metadata contains a list of metadata triplets.
2733Each triplet has the following form:
2734
2735- The first element is a *behavior* flag, which specifies the behavior
2736 when two (or more) modules are merged together, and it encounters two
2737 (or more) metadata with the same ID. The supported behaviors are
2738 described below.
2739- The second element is a metadata string that is a unique ID for the
Daniel Dunbar8dd938e2013-01-15 01:22:53 +00002740 metadata. Each module may only have one flag entry for each unique ID (not
2741 including entries with the **Require** behavior).
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002742- The third element is the value of the flag.
2743
2744When two (or more) modules are merged together, the resulting
Daniel Dunbar8dd938e2013-01-15 01:22:53 +00002745``llvm.module.flags`` metadata is the union of the modules' flags. That is, for
2746each unique metadata ID string, there will be exactly one entry in the merged
2747modules ``llvm.module.flags`` metadata table, and the value for that entry will
2748be determined by the merge behavior flag, as described below. The only exception
2749is that entries with the *Require* behavior are always preserved.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002750
2751The following behaviors are supported:
2752
2753.. list-table::
2754 :header-rows: 1
2755 :widths: 10 90
2756
2757 * - Value
2758 - Behavior
2759
2760 * - 1
2761 - **Error**
Daniel Dunbar8dd938e2013-01-15 01:22:53 +00002762 Emits an error if two values disagree, otherwise the resulting value
2763 is that of the operands.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002764
2765 * - 2
2766 - **Warning**
Daniel Dunbar8dd938e2013-01-15 01:22:53 +00002767 Emits a warning if two values disagree. The result value will be the
2768 operand for the flag from the first module being linked.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002769
2770 * - 3
2771 - **Require**
Daniel Dunbar8dd938e2013-01-15 01:22:53 +00002772 Adds a requirement that another module flag be present and have a
2773 specified value after linking is performed. The value must be a
2774 metadata pair, where the first element of the pair is the ID of the
2775 module flag to be restricted, and the second element of the pair is
2776 the value the module flag should be restricted to. This behavior can
2777 be used to restrict the allowable results (via triggering of an
2778 error) of linking IDs with the **Override** behavior.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002779
2780 * - 4
2781 - **Override**
Daniel Dunbar8dd938e2013-01-15 01:22:53 +00002782 Uses the specified value, regardless of the behavior or value of the
2783 other module. If both modules specify **Override**, but the values
2784 differ, an error will be emitted.
2785
Daniel Dunbar5db391c2013-01-16 21:38:56 +00002786 * - 5
2787 - **Append**
2788 Appends the two values, which are required to be metadata nodes.
2789
2790 * - 6
2791 - **AppendUnique**
2792 Appends the two values, which are required to be metadata
2793 nodes. However, duplicate entries in the second list are dropped
2794 during the append operation.
2795
Daniel Dunbar8dd938e2013-01-15 01:22:53 +00002796It is an error for a particular unique flag ID to have multiple behaviors,
2797except in the case of **Require** (which adds restrictions on another metadata
2798value) or **Override**.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002799
2800An example of module flags:
2801
2802.. code-block:: llvm
2803
2804 !0 = metadata !{ i32 1, metadata !"foo", i32 1 }
2805 !1 = metadata !{ i32 4, metadata !"bar", i32 37 }
2806 !2 = metadata !{ i32 2, metadata !"qux", i32 42 }
2807 !3 = metadata !{ i32 3, metadata !"qux",
2808 metadata !{
2809 metadata !"foo", i32 1
2810 }
2811 }
2812 !llvm.module.flags = !{ !0, !1, !2, !3 }
2813
2814- Metadata ``!0`` has the ID ``!"foo"`` and the value '1'. The behavior
2815 if two or more ``!"foo"`` flags are seen is to emit an error if their
2816 values are not equal.
2817
2818- Metadata ``!1`` has the ID ``!"bar"`` and the value '37'. The
2819 behavior if two or more ``!"bar"`` flags are seen is to use the value
Daniel Dunbar8dd938e2013-01-15 01:22:53 +00002820 '37'.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002821
2822- Metadata ``!2`` has the ID ``!"qux"`` and the value '42'. The
2823 behavior if two or more ``!"qux"`` flags are seen is to emit a
2824 warning if their values are not equal.
2825
2826- Metadata ``!3`` has the ID ``!"qux"`` and the value:
2827
2828 ::
2829
2830 metadata !{ metadata !"foo", i32 1 }
2831
Daniel Dunbar8dd938e2013-01-15 01:22:53 +00002832 The behavior is to emit an error if the ``llvm.module.flags`` does not
2833 contain a flag with the ID ``!"foo"`` that has the value '1' after linking is
2834 performed.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002835
2836Objective-C Garbage Collection Module Flags Metadata
2837----------------------------------------------------
2838
2839On the Mach-O platform, Objective-C stores metadata about garbage
2840collection in a special section called "image info". The metadata
2841consists of a version number and a bitmask specifying what types of
2842garbage collection are supported (if any) by the file. If two or more
2843modules are linked together their garbage collection metadata needs to
2844be merged rather than appended together.
2845
2846The Objective-C garbage collection module flags metadata consists of the
2847following key-value pairs:
2848
2849.. list-table::
2850 :header-rows: 1
2851 :widths: 30 70
2852
2853 * - Key
2854 - Value
2855
Daniel Dunbar3389dbc2013-01-17 18:57:32 +00002856 * - ``Objective-C Version``
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00002857 - **[Required]** --- The Objective-C ABI version. Valid values are 1 and 2.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002858
Daniel Dunbar3389dbc2013-01-17 18:57:32 +00002859 * - ``Objective-C Image Info Version``
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00002860 - **[Required]** --- The version of the image info section. Currently
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002861 always 0.
2862
Daniel Dunbar3389dbc2013-01-17 18:57:32 +00002863 * - ``Objective-C Image Info Section``
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00002864 - **[Required]** --- The section to place the metadata. Valid values are
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002865 ``"__OBJC, __image_info, regular"`` for Objective-C ABI version 1, and
2866 ``"__DATA,__objc_imageinfo, regular, no_dead_strip"`` for
2867 Objective-C ABI version 2.
2868
Daniel Dunbar3389dbc2013-01-17 18:57:32 +00002869 * - ``Objective-C Garbage Collection``
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00002870 - **[Required]** --- Specifies whether garbage collection is supported or
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002871 not. Valid values are 0, for no garbage collection, and 2, for garbage
2872 collection supported.
2873
Daniel Dunbar3389dbc2013-01-17 18:57:32 +00002874 * - ``Objective-C GC Only``
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00002875 - **[Optional]** --- Specifies that only garbage collection is supported.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002876 If present, its value must be 6. This flag requires that the
2877 ``Objective-C Garbage Collection`` flag have the value 2.
2878
2879Some important flag interactions:
2880
2881- If a module with ``Objective-C Garbage Collection`` set to 0 is
2882 merged with a module with ``Objective-C Garbage Collection`` set to
2883 2, then the resulting module has the
2884 ``Objective-C Garbage Collection`` flag set to 0.
2885- A module with ``Objective-C Garbage Collection`` set to 0 cannot be
2886 merged with a module with ``Objective-C GC Only`` set to 6.
2887
Daniel Dunbare06bfe82013-01-17 00:16:27 +00002888Automatic Linker Flags Module Flags Metadata
2889--------------------------------------------
2890
2891Some targets support embedding flags to the linker inside individual object
2892files. Typically this is used in conjunction with language extensions which
2893allow source files to explicitly declare the libraries they depend on, and have
2894these automatically be transmitted to the linker via object files.
2895
2896These flags are encoded in the IR using metadata in the module flags section,
Daniel Dunbar3389dbc2013-01-17 18:57:32 +00002897using the ``Linker Options`` key. The merge behavior for this flag is required
Daniel Dunbare06bfe82013-01-17 00:16:27 +00002898to be ``AppendUnique``, and the value for the key is expected to be a metadata
2899node which should be a list of other metadata nodes, each of which should be a
2900list of metadata strings defining linker options.
2901
2902For example, the following metadata section specifies two separate sets of
2903linker options, presumably to link against ``libz`` and the ``Cocoa``
2904framework::
2905
Michael Liao2faa0f32013-03-06 18:24:34 +00002906 !0 = metadata !{ i32 6, metadata !"Linker Options",
Daniel Dunbare06bfe82013-01-17 00:16:27 +00002907 metadata !{
Daniel Dunbar6d49b682013-01-18 19:37:00 +00002908 metadata !{ metadata !"-lz" },
2909 metadata !{ metadata !"-framework", metadata !"Cocoa" } } }
Daniel Dunbare06bfe82013-01-17 00:16:27 +00002910 !llvm.module.flags = !{ !0 }
2911
2912The metadata encoding as lists of lists of options, as opposed to a collapsed
2913list of options, is chosen so that the IR encoding can use multiple option
2914strings to specify e.g., a single library, while still having that specifier be
2915preserved as an atomic element that can be recognized by a target specific
2916assembly writer or object file emitter.
2917
2918Each individual option is required to be either a valid option for the target's
2919linker, or an option that is reserved by the target specific assembly writer or
2920object file emitter. No other aspect of these options is defined by the IR.
2921
Eli Bendersky88fe6822013-06-07 20:24:43 +00002922.. _intrinsicglobalvariables:
2923
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002924Intrinsic Global Variables
2925==========================
2926
2927LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that
2928affect code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here.
2929All globals of this sort should have a section specified as
2930"``llvm.metadata``". This section and all globals that start with
2931"``llvm.``" are reserved for use by LLVM.
2932
Eli Bendersky88fe6822013-06-07 20:24:43 +00002933.. _gv_llvmused:
2934
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002935The '``llvm.used``' Global Variable
2936-----------------------------------
2937
Rafael Espindolacde25b42013-04-22 14:58:02 +00002938The ``@llvm.used`` global is an array which has
Paul Redmond26266a12013-05-30 17:24:32 +00002939:ref:`appending linkage <linkage_appending>`. This array contains a list of
Rafael Espindola9f8e6da2013-06-11 13:18:13 +00002940pointers to named global variables, functions and aliases which may optionally
2941have a pointer cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002942use of it is:
2943
2944.. code-block:: llvm
2945
2946 @X = global i8 4
2947 @Y = global i32 123
2948
2949 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2950 i8* @X,
2951 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2952 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2953
Rafael Espindolacde25b42013-04-22 14:58:02 +00002954If a symbol appears in the ``@llvm.used`` list, then the compiler, assembler,
2955and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is a reference to the
Rafael Espindola9f8e6da2013-06-11 13:18:13 +00002956symbol that it cannot see (which is why they have to be named). For example, if
2957a variable has internal linkage and no references other than that from the
2958``@llvm.used`` list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent
2959references from inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and
2960corresponds to "``attribute((used))``" in GNU C.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002961
2962On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the
2963assembler or object file to prevent the assembler and linker from
2964molesting the symbol.
2965
Eli Bendersky88fe6822013-06-07 20:24:43 +00002966.. _gv_llvmcompilerused:
2967
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002968The '``llvm.compiler.used``' Global Variable
2969--------------------------------------------
2970
2971The ``@llvm.compiler.used`` directive is the same as the ``@llvm.used``
2972directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from touching the
2973symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent linker to
2974optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2975by ``@llvm.used``.
2976
2977This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances,
2978and should not be exposed to source languages.
2979
Eli Bendersky88fe6822013-06-07 20:24:43 +00002980.. _gv_llvmglobalctors:
2981
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002982The '``llvm.global_ctors``' Global Variable
2983-------------------------------------------
2984
2985.. code-block:: llvm
2986
2987 %0 = type { i32, void ()* }
2988 @llvm.global_ctors = appending global [1 x %0] [%0 { i32 65535, void ()* @ctor }]
2989
2990The ``@llvm.global_ctors`` array contains a list of constructor
2991functions and associated priorities. The functions referenced by this
2992array will be called in ascending order of priority (i.e. lowest first)
2993when the module is loaded. The order of functions with the same priority
2994is not defined.
2995
Eli Bendersky88fe6822013-06-07 20:24:43 +00002996.. _llvmglobaldtors:
2997
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00002998The '``llvm.global_dtors``' Global Variable
2999-------------------------------------------
3000
3001.. code-block:: llvm
3002
3003 %0 = type { i32, void ()* }
3004 @llvm.global_dtors = appending global [1 x %0] [%0 { i32 65535, void ()* @dtor }]
3005
3006The ``@llvm.global_dtors`` array contains a list of destructor functions
3007and associated priorities. The functions referenced by this array will
3008be called in descending order of priority (i.e. highest first) when the
3009module is loaded. The order of functions with the same priority is not
3010defined.
3011
3012Instruction Reference
3013=====================
3014
3015The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications
3016of instructions: :ref:`terminator instructions <terminators>`, :ref:`binary
3017instructions <binaryops>`, :ref:`bitwise binary
3018instructions <bitwiseops>`, :ref:`memory instructions <memoryops>`, and
3019:ref:`other instructions <otherops>`.
3020
3021.. _terminators:
3022
3023Terminator Instructions
3024-----------------------
3025
3026As mentioned :ref:`previously <functionstructure>`, every basic block in a
3027program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
3028block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
3029terminator instructions typically yield a '``void``' value: they produce
3030control flow, not values (the one exception being the
3031':ref:`invoke <i_invoke>`' instruction).
3032
3033The terminator instructions are: ':ref:`ret <i_ret>`',
3034':ref:`br <i_br>`', ':ref:`switch <i_switch>`',
3035':ref:`indirectbr <i_indirectbr>`', ':ref:`invoke <i_invoke>`',
3036':ref:`resume <i_resume>`', and ':ref:`unreachable <i_unreachable>`'.
3037
3038.. _i_ret:
3039
3040'``ret``' Instruction
3041^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3042
3043Syntax:
3044"""""""
3045
3046::
3047
3048 ret <type> <value> ; Return a value from a non-void function
3049 ret void ; Return from void function
3050
3051Overview:
3052"""""""""
3053
3054The '``ret``' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
3055a value) from a function back to the caller.
3056
3057There are two forms of the '``ret``' instruction: one that returns a
3058value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control
3059flow to occur.
3060
3061Arguments:
3062""""""""""
3063
3064The '``ret``' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
3065return value. The type of the return value must be a ':ref:`first
3066class <t_firstclass>`' type.
3067
3068A function is not :ref:`well formed <wellformed>` if it it has a non-void
3069return type and contains a '``ret``' instruction with no return value or
3070a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it has a
3071void return type and contains a '``ret``' instruction with a return
3072value.
3073
3074Semantics:
3075""""""""""
3076
3077When the '``ret``' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
3078the calling function's context. If the caller is a
3079":ref:`call <i_call>`" instruction, execution continues at the
3080instruction after the call. If the caller was an
3081":ref:`invoke <i_invoke>`" instruction, execution continues at the
3082beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
3083a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
3084value.
3085
3086Example:
3087""""""""
3088
3089.. code-block:: llvm
3090
3091 ret i32 5 ; Return an integer value of 5
3092 ret void ; Return from a void function
3093 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } ; Return a struct of values 4 and 2
3094
3095.. _i_br:
3096
3097'``br``' Instruction
3098^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3099
3100Syntax:
3101"""""""
3102
3103::
3104
3105 br i1 <cond>, label <iftrue>, label <iffalse>
3106 br label <dest> ; Unconditional branch
3107
3108Overview:
3109"""""""""
3110
3111The '``br``' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
3112different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of
3113this instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an
3114unconditional branch.
3115
3116Arguments:
3117""""""""""
3118
3119The conditional branch form of the '``br``' instruction takes a single
3120'``i1``' value and two '``label``' values. The unconditional form of the
3121'``br``' instruction takes a single '``label``' value as a target.
3122
3123Semantics:
3124""""""""""
3125
3126Upon execution of a conditional '``br``' instruction, the '``i1``'
3127argument is evaluated. If the value is ``true``, control flows to the
3128'``iftrue``' ``label`` argument. If "cond" is ``false``, control flows
3129to the '``iffalse``' ``label`` argument.
3130
3131Example:
3132""""""""
3133
3134.. code-block:: llvm
3135
3136 Test:
3137 %cond = icmp eq i32 %a, %b
3138 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
3139 IfEqual:
3140 ret i32 1
3141 IfUnequal:
3142 ret i32 0
3143
3144.. _i_switch:
3145
3146'``switch``' Instruction
3147^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3148
3149Syntax:
3150"""""""
3151
3152::
3153
3154 switch <intty> <value>, label <defaultdest> [ <intty> <val>, label <dest> ... ]
3155
3156Overview:
3157"""""""""
3158
3159The '``switch``' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
3160several different places. It is a generalization of the '``br``'
3161instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
3162destinations.
3163
3164Arguments:
3165""""""""""
3166
3167The '``switch``' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
3168comparison value '``value``', a default '``label``' destination, and an
3169array of pairs of comparison value constants and '``label``'s. The table
3170is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.
3171
3172Semantics:
3173""""""""""
3174
3175The ``switch`` instruction specifies a table of values and destinations.
3176When the '``switch``' instruction is executed, this table is searched
3177for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is transferred
3178to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is transferred
3179to the default destination.
3180
3181Implementation:
3182"""""""""""""""
3183
3184Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
3185``switch`` instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
3186different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of
3187chained conditional branches or with a lookup table.
3188
3189Example:
3190""""""""
3191
3192.. code-block:: llvm
3193
3194 ; Emulate a conditional br instruction
3195 %Val = zext i1 %value to i32
3196 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
3197
3198 ; Emulate an unconditional br instruction
3199 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
3200
3201 ; Implement a jump table:
3202 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
3203 i32 1, label %onone
3204 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
3205
3206.. _i_indirectbr:
3207
3208'``indirectbr``' Instruction
3209^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3210
3211Syntax:
3212"""""""
3213
3214::
3215
3216 indirectbr <somety>* <address>, [ label <dest1>, label <dest2>, ... ]
3217
3218Overview:
3219"""""""""
3220
3221The '``indirectbr``' instruction implements an indirect branch to a
3222label within the current function, whose address is specified by
3223"``address``". Address must be derived from a
3224:ref:`blockaddress <blockaddress>` constant.
3225
3226Arguments:
3227""""""""""
3228
3229The '``address``' argument is the address of the label to jump to. The
3230rest of the arguments indicate the full set of possible destinations
3231that the address may point to. Blocks are allowed to occur multiple
3232times in the destination list, though this isn't particularly useful.
3233
3234This destination list is required so that dataflow analysis has an
3235accurate understanding of the CFG.
3236
3237Semantics:
3238""""""""""
3239
3240Control transfers to the block specified in the address argument. All
3241possible destination blocks must be listed in the label list, otherwise
3242this instruction has undefined behavior. This implies that jumps to
3243labels defined in other functions have undefined behavior as well.
3244
3245Implementation:
3246"""""""""""""""
3247
3248This is typically implemented with a jump through a register.
3249
3250Example:
3251""""""""
3252
3253.. code-block:: llvm
3254
3255 indirectbr i8* %Addr, [ label %bb1, label %bb2, label %bb3 ]
3256
3257.. _i_invoke:
3258
3259'``invoke``' Instruction
3260^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3261
3262Syntax:
3263"""""""
3264
3265::
3266
3267 <result> = invoke [cconv] [ret attrs] <ptr to function ty> <function ptr val>(<function args>) [fn attrs]
3268 to label <normal label> unwind label <exception label>
3269
3270Overview:
3271"""""""""
3272
3273The '``invoke``' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
3274function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
3275'``normal``' label or the '``exception``' label. If the callee function
3276returns with the "``ret``" instruction, control flow will return to the
3277"normal" label. If the callee (or any indirect callees) returns via the
3278":ref:`resume <i_resume>`" instruction or other exception handling
3279mechanism, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically
3280nearest "exception" label.
3281
3282The '``exception``' label is a `landing
3283pad <ExceptionHandling.html#overview>`_ for the exception. As such,
3284'``exception``' label is required to have the
3285":ref:`landingpad <i_landingpad>`" instruction, which contains the
3286information about the behavior of the program after unwinding happens,
3287as its first non-PHI instruction. The restrictions on the
3288"``landingpad``" instruction's tightly couples it to the "``invoke``"
3289instruction, so that the important information contained within the
3290"``landingpad``" instruction can't be lost through normal code motion.
3291
3292Arguments:
3293""""""""""
3294
3295This instruction requires several arguments:
3296
3297#. The optional "cconv" marker indicates which :ref:`calling
3298 convention <callingconv>` the call should use. If none is
3299 specified, the call defaults to using C calling conventions.
3300#. The optional :ref:`Parameter Attributes <paramattrs>` list for return
3301 values. Only '``zeroext``', '``signext``', and '``inreg``' attributes
3302 are valid here.
3303#. '``ptr to function ty``': shall be the signature of the pointer to
3304 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct
3305 function invocation, but indirect ``invoke``'s are just as possible,
3306 branching off an arbitrary pointer to function value.
3307#. '``function ptr val``': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
3308 function to be invoked.
3309#. '``function args``': argument list whose types match the function
3310 signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must
3311 be of :ref:`first class <t_firstclass>` type. If the function signature
3312 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the
3313 extra arguments can be specified.
3314#. '``normal label``': the label reached when the called function
3315 executes a '``ret``' instruction.
3316#. '``exception label``': the label reached when a callee returns via
3317 the :ref:`resume <i_resume>` instruction or other exception handling
3318 mechanism.
3319#. The optional :ref:`function attributes <fnattrs>` list. Only
3320 '``noreturn``', '``nounwind``', '``readonly``' and '``readnone``'
3321 attributes are valid here.
3322
3323Semantics:
3324""""""""""
3325
3326This instruction is designed to operate as a standard '``call``'
3327instruction in most regards. The primary difference is that it
3328establishes an association with a label, which is used by the runtime
3329library to unwind the stack.
3330
3331This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that
3332proper cleanup is performed in the case of either a ``longjmp`` or a
3333thrown exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
3334'``catch``' clauses in high-level languages that support them.
3335
3336For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned
3337by the '``invoke``' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the
3338current block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no
3339return value is available.
3340
3341Example:
3342""""""""
3343
3344.. code-block:: llvm
3345
3346 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
3347 unwind label %TestCleanup ; {i32}:retval set
3348 %retval = invoke coldcc i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
3349 unwind label %TestCleanup ; {i32}:retval set
3350
3351.. _i_resume:
3352
3353'``resume``' Instruction
3354^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3355
3356Syntax:
3357"""""""
3358
3359::
3360
3361 resume <type> <value>
3362
3363Overview:
3364"""""""""
3365
3366The '``resume``' instruction is a terminator instruction that has no
3367successors.
3368
3369Arguments:
3370""""""""""
3371
3372The '``resume``' instruction requires one argument, which must have the
3373same type as the result of any '``landingpad``' instruction in the same
3374function.
3375
3376Semantics:
3377""""""""""
3378
3379The '``resume``' instruction resumes propagation of an existing
3380(in-flight) exception whose unwinding was interrupted with a
3381:ref:`landingpad <i_landingpad>` instruction.
3382
3383Example:
3384""""""""
3385
3386.. code-block:: llvm
3387
3388 resume { i8*, i32 } %exn
3389
3390.. _i_unreachable:
3391
3392'``unreachable``' Instruction
3393^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3394
3395Syntax:
3396"""""""
3397
3398::
3399
3400 unreachable
3401
3402Overview:
3403"""""""""
3404
3405The '``unreachable``' instruction has no defined semantics. This
3406instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of
3407the code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code
3408after a no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.
3409
3410Semantics:
3411""""""""""
3412
3413The '``unreachable``' instruction has no defined semantics.
3414
3415.. _binaryops:
3416
3417Binary Operations
3418-----------------
3419
3420Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program.
3421They require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on
3422them, and produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple
3423data, as is the case with the :ref:`vector <t_vector>` data type. The
3424result value has the same type as its operands.
3425
3426There are several different binary operators:
3427
3428.. _i_add:
3429
3430'``add``' Instruction
3431^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3432
3433Syntax:
3434"""""""
3435
3436::
3437
3438 <result> = add <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3439 <result> = add nuw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3440 <result> = add nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3441 <result> = add nuw nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3442
3443Overview:
3444"""""""""
3445
3446The '``add``' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.
3447
3448Arguments:
3449""""""""""
3450
3451The two arguments to the '``add``' instruction must be
3452:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer values. Both
3453arguments must have identical types.
3454
3455Semantics:
3456""""""""""
3457
3458The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.
3459
3460If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
3461mathematical result modulo 2\ :sup:`n`\ , where n is the bit width of
3462the result.
3463
3464Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this
3465instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.
3466
3467``nuw`` and ``nsw`` stand for "No Unsigned Wrap" and "No Signed Wrap",
3468respectively. If the ``nuw`` and/or ``nsw`` keywords are present, the
3469result value of the ``add`` is a :ref:`poison value <poisonvalues>` if
3470unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.
3471
3472Example:
3473""""""""
3474
3475.. code-block:: llvm
3476
3477 <result> = add i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var
3478
3479.. _i_fadd:
3480
3481'``fadd``' Instruction
3482^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3483
3484Syntax:
3485"""""""
3486
3487::
3488
3489 <result> = fadd [fast-math flags]* <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3490
3491Overview:
3492"""""""""
3493
3494The '``fadd``' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.
3495
3496Arguments:
3497""""""""""
3498
3499The two arguments to the '``fadd``' instruction must be :ref:`floating
3500point <t_floating>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of floating point values.
3501Both arguments must have identical types.
3502
3503Semantics:
3504""""""""""
3505
3506The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands. This
3507instruction can also take any number of :ref:`fast-math flags <fastmath>`,
3508which are optimization hints to enable otherwise unsafe floating point
3509optimizations:
3510
3511Example:
3512""""""""
3513
3514.. code-block:: llvm
3515
3516 <result> = fadd float 4.0, %var ; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var
3517
3518'``sub``' Instruction
3519^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3520
3521Syntax:
3522"""""""
3523
3524::
3525
3526 <result> = sub <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3527 <result> = sub nuw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3528 <result> = sub nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3529 <result> = sub nuw nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3530
3531Overview:
3532"""""""""
3533
3534The '``sub``' instruction returns the difference of its two operands.
3535
3536Note that the '``sub``' instruction is used to represent the '``neg``'
3537instruction present in most other intermediate representations.
3538
3539Arguments:
3540""""""""""
3541
3542The two arguments to the '``sub``' instruction must be
3543:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer values. Both
3544arguments must have identical types.
3545
3546Semantics:
3547""""""""""
3548
3549The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.
3550
3551If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
3552mathematical result modulo 2\ :sup:`n`\ , where n is the bit width of
3553the result.
3554
3555Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this
3556instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.
3557
3558``nuw`` and ``nsw`` stand for "No Unsigned Wrap" and "No Signed Wrap",
3559respectively. If the ``nuw`` and/or ``nsw`` keywords are present, the
3560result value of the ``sub`` is a :ref:`poison value <poisonvalues>` if
3561unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.
3562
3563Example:
3564""""""""
3565
3566.. code-block:: llvm
3567
3568 <result> = sub i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var
3569 <result> = sub i32 0, %val ; yields {i32}:result = -%var
3570
3571.. _i_fsub:
3572
3573'``fsub``' Instruction
3574^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3575
3576Syntax:
3577"""""""
3578
3579::
3580
3581 <result> = fsub [fast-math flags]* <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3582
3583Overview:
3584"""""""""
3585
3586The '``fsub``' instruction returns the difference of its two operands.
3587
3588Note that the '``fsub``' instruction is used to represent the '``fneg``'
3589instruction present in most other intermediate representations.
3590
3591Arguments:
3592""""""""""
3593
3594The two arguments to the '``fsub``' instruction must be :ref:`floating
3595point <t_floating>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of floating point values.
3596Both arguments must have identical types.
3597
3598Semantics:
3599""""""""""
3600
3601The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.
3602This instruction can also take any number of :ref:`fast-math
3603flags <fastmath>`, which are optimization hints to enable otherwise
3604unsafe floating point optimizations:
3605
3606Example:
3607""""""""
3608
3609.. code-block:: llvm
3610
3611 <result> = fsub float 4.0, %var ; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var
3612 <result> = fsub float -0.0, %val ; yields {float}:result = -%var
3613
3614'``mul``' Instruction
3615^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3616
3617Syntax:
3618"""""""
3619
3620::
3621
3622 <result> = mul <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3623 <result> = mul nuw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3624 <result> = mul nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3625 <result> = mul nuw nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3626
3627Overview:
3628"""""""""
3629
3630The '``mul``' instruction returns the product of its two operands.
3631
3632Arguments:
3633""""""""""
3634
3635The two arguments to the '``mul``' instruction must be
3636:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer values. Both
3637arguments must have identical types.
3638
3639Semantics:
3640""""""""""
3641
3642The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.
3643
3644If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
3645returned is the mathematical result modulo 2\ :sup:`n`\ , where n is the
3646bit width of the result.
3647
3648Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the
3649result is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the
3650correct result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
3651(e.g. ``i32`` * ``i32`` -> ``i64``) is needed, the operands should be
3652sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
3653product.
3654
3655``nuw`` and ``nsw`` stand for "No Unsigned Wrap" and "No Signed Wrap",
3656respectively. If the ``nuw`` and/or ``nsw`` keywords are present, the
3657result value of the ``mul`` is a :ref:`poison value <poisonvalues>` if
3658unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.
3659
3660Example:
3661""""""""
3662
3663.. code-block:: llvm
3664
3665 <result> = mul i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var
3666
3667.. _i_fmul:
3668
3669'``fmul``' Instruction
3670^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3671
3672Syntax:
3673"""""""
3674
3675::
3676
3677 <result> = fmul [fast-math flags]* <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3678
3679Overview:
3680"""""""""
3681
3682The '``fmul``' instruction returns the product of its two operands.
3683
3684Arguments:
3685""""""""""
3686
3687The two arguments to the '``fmul``' instruction must be :ref:`floating
3688point <t_floating>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of floating point values.
3689Both arguments must have identical types.
3690
3691Semantics:
3692""""""""""
3693
3694The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.
3695This instruction can also take any number of :ref:`fast-math
3696flags <fastmath>`, which are optimization hints to enable otherwise
3697unsafe floating point optimizations:
3698
3699Example:
3700""""""""
3701
3702.. code-block:: llvm
3703
3704 <result> = fmul float 4.0, %var ; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var
3705
3706'``udiv``' Instruction
3707^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3708
3709Syntax:
3710"""""""
3711
3712::
3713
3714 <result> = udiv <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3715 <result> = udiv exact <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3716
3717Overview:
3718"""""""""
3719
3720The '``udiv``' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.
3721
3722Arguments:
3723""""""""""
3724
3725The two arguments to the '``udiv``' instruction must be
3726:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer values. Both
3727arguments must have identical types.
3728
3729Semantics:
3730""""""""""
3731
3732The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.
3733
3734Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are
3735distinct operations; for signed integer division, use '``sdiv``'.
3736
3737Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
3738
3739If the ``exact`` keyword is present, the result value of the ``udiv`` is
3740a :ref:`poison value <poisonvalues>` if %op1 is not a multiple of %op2 (as
3741such, "((a udiv exact b) mul b) == a").
3742
3743Example:
3744""""""""
3745
3746.. code-block:: llvm
3747
3748 <result> = udiv i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var
3749
3750'``sdiv``' Instruction
3751^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3752
3753Syntax:
3754"""""""
3755
3756::
3757
3758 <result> = sdiv <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3759 <result> = sdiv exact <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3760
3761Overview:
3762"""""""""
3763
3764The '``sdiv``' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.
3765
3766Arguments:
3767""""""""""
3768
3769The two arguments to the '``sdiv``' instruction must be
3770:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer values. Both
3771arguments must have identical types.
3772
3773Semantics:
3774""""""""""
3775
3776The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands
3777rounded towards zero.
3778
3779Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are
3780distinct operations; for unsigned integer division, use '``udiv``'.
3781
3782Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
3783undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by
3784doing a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.
3785
3786If the ``exact`` keyword is present, the result value of the ``sdiv`` is
3787a :ref:`poison value <poisonvalues>` if the result would be rounded.
3788
3789Example:
3790""""""""
3791
3792.. code-block:: llvm
3793
3794 <result> = sdiv i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var
3795
3796.. _i_fdiv:
3797
3798'``fdiv``' Instruction
3799^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3800
3801Syntax:
3802"""""""
3803
3804::
3805
3806 <result> = fdiv [fast-math flags]* <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3807
3808Overview:
3809"""""""""
3810
3811The '``fdiv``' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.
3812
3813Arguments:
3814""""""""""
3815
3816The two arguments to the '``fdiv``' instruction must be :ref:`floating
3817point <t_floating>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of floating point values.
3818Both arguments must have identical types.
3819
3820Semantics:
3821""""""""""
3822
3823The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.
3824This instruction can also take any number of :ref:`fast-math
3825flags <fastmath>`, which are optimization hints to enable otherwise
3826unsafe floating point optimizations:
3827
3828Example:
3829""""""""
3830
3831.. code-block:: llvm
3832
3833 <result> = fdiv float 4.0, %var ; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var
3834
3835'``urem``' Instruction
3836^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3837
3838Syntax:
3839"""""""
3840
3841::
3842
3843 <result> = urem <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3844
3845Overview:
3846"""""""""
3847
3848The '``urem``' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3849division of its two arguments.
3850
3851Arguments:
3852""""""""""
3853
3854The two arguments to the '``urem``' instruction must be
3855:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer values. Both
3856arguments must have identical types.
3857
3858Semantics:
3859""""""""""
3860
3861This instruction returns the unsigned integer *remainder* of a division.
3862This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3863remainder.
3864
3865Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
3866distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '``srem``'.
3867
3868Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
3869
3870Example:
3871""""""""
3872
3873.. code-block:: llvm
3874
3875 <result> = urem i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var
3876
3877'``srem``' Instruction
3878^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3879
3880Syntax:
3881"""""""
3882
3883::
3884
3885 <result> = srem <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3886
3887Overview:
3888"""""""""
3889
3890The '``srem``' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3891division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3892:ref:`vector <t_vector>` versions of the values in which case the elements
3893must be integers.
3894
3895Arguments:
3896""""""""""
3897
3898The two arguments to the '``srem``' instruction must be
3899:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer values. Both
3900arguments must have identical types.
3901
3902Semantics:
3903""""""""""
3904
3905This instruction returns the *remainder* of a division (where the result
3906is either zero or has the same sign as the dividend, ``op1``), not the
3907*modulo* operator (where the result is either zero or has the same sign
3908as the divisor, ``op2``) of a value. For more information about the
3909difference, see `The Math
3910Forum <http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html>`_. For a
3911table of how this is implemented in various languages, please see
3912`Wikipedia: modulo
3913operation <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation>`_.
3914
3915Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
3916distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '``urem``'.
3917
3918Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
3919Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3920occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3921-2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this
3922rule lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the
3923result of the division and the remainder.)
3924
3925Example:
3926""""""""
3927
3928.. code-block:: llvm
3929
3930 <result> = srem i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var
3931
3932.. _i_frem:
3933
3934'``frem``' Instruction
3935^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3936
3937Syntax:
3938"""""""
3939
3940::
3941
3942 <result> = frem [fast-math flags]* <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3943
3944Overview:
3945"""""""""
3946
3947The '``frem``' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3948its two operands.
3949
3950Arguments:
3951""""""""""
3952
3953The two arguments to the '``frem``' instruction must be :ref:`floating
3954point <t_floating>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of floating point values.
3955Both arguments must have identical types.
3956
3957Semantics:
3958""""""""""
3959
3960This instruction returns the *remainder* of a division. The remainder
3961has the same sign as the dividend. This instruction can also take any
3962number of :ref:`fast-math flags <fastmath>`, which are optimization hints
3963to enable otherwise unsafe floating point optimizations:
3964
3965Example:
3966""""""""
3967
3968.. code-block:: llvm
3969
3970 <result> = frem float 4.0, %var ; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var
3971
3972.. _bitwiseops:
3973
3974Bitwise Binary Operations
3975-------------------------
3976
3977Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling
3978in a program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can
3979commonly be strength reduced from other instructions. They require two
3980operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a
3981single value. The resulting value is the same type as its operands.
3982
3983'``shl``' Instruction
3984^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3985
3986Syntax:
3987"""""""
3988
3989::
3990
3991 <result> = shl <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3992 <result> = shl nuw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3993 <result> = shl nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3994 <result> = shl nuw nsw <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
3995
3996Overview:
3997"""""""""
3998
3999The '``shl``' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
4000a specified number of bits.
4001
4002Arguments:
4003""""""""""
4004
4005Both arguments to the '``shl``' instruction must be the same
4006:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer type.
4007'``op2``' is treated as an unsigned value.
4008
4009Semantics:
4010""""""""""
4011
4012The value produced is ``op1`` \* 2\ :sup:`op2` mod 2\ :sup:`n`,
4013where ``n`` is the width of the result. If ``op2`` is (statically or
4014dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number of bits in
4015``op1``, the result is undefined. If the arguments are vectors, each
4016vector element of ``op1`` is shifted by the corresponding shift amount
4017in ``op2``.
4018
4019If the ``nuw`` keyword is present, then the shift produces a :ref:`poison
4020value <poisonvalues>` if it shifts out any non-zero bits. If the
4021``nsw`` keyword is present, then the shift produces a :ref:`poison
4022value <poisonvalues>` if it shifts out any bits that disagree with the
4023resultant sign bit. As such, NUW/NSW have the same semantics as they
4024would if the shift were expressed as a mul instruction with the same
4025nsw/nuw bits in (mul %op1, (shl 1, %op2)).
4026
4027Example:
4028""""""""
4029
4030.. code-block:: llvm
4031
4032 <result> = shl i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}: 4 << %var
4033 <result> = shl i32 4, 2 ; yields {i32}: 16
4034 <result> = shl i32 1, 10 ; yields {i32}: 1024
4035 <result> = shl i32 1, 32 ; undefined
4036 <result> = shl <2 x i32> < i32 1, i32 1>, < i32 1, i32 2> ; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 2, i32 4>
4037
4038'``lshr``' Instruction
4039^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4040
4041Syntax:
4042"""""""
4043
4044::
4045
4046 <result> = lshr <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
4047 <result> = lshr exact <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
4048
4049Overview:
4050"""""""""
4051
4052The '``lshr``' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
4053operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.
4054
4055Arguments:
4056""""""""""
4057
4058Both arguments to the '``lshr``' instruction must be the same
4059:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer type.
4060'``op2``' is treated as an unsigned value.
4061
4062Semantics:
4063""""""""""
4064
4065This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The
4066most significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after
4067the shift. If ``op2`` is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger
4068than the number of bits in ``op1``, the result is undefined. If the
4069arguments are vectors, each vector element of ``op1`` is shifted by the
4070corresponding shift amount in ``op2``.
4071
4072If the ``exact`` keyword is present, the result value of the ``lshr`` is
4073a :ref:`poison value <poisonvalues>` if any of the bits shifted out are
4074non-zero.
4075
4076Example:
4077""""""""
4078
4079.. code-block:: llvm
4080
4081 <result> = lshr i32 4, 1 ; yields {i32}:result = 2
4082 <result> = lshr i32 4, 2 ; yields {i32}:result = 1
4083 <result> = lshr i8 4, 3 ; yields {i8}:result = 0
Tim Northover338eba72013-05-07 06:17:14 +00004084 <result> = lshr i8 -2, 1 ; yields {i8}:result = 0x7F
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004085 <result> = lshr i32 1, 32 ; undefined
4086 <result> = lshr <2 x i32> < i32 -2, i32 4>, < i32 1, i32 2> ; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1>
4087
4088'``ashr``' Instruction
4089^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4090
4091Syntax:
4092"""""""
4093
4094::
4095
4096 <result> = ashr <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
4097 <result> = ashr exact <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
4098
4099Overview:
4100"""""""""
4101
4102The '``ashr``' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
4103operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
4104extension.
4105
4106Arguments:
4107""""""""""
4108
4109Both arguments to the '``ashr``' instruction must be the same
4110:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer type.
4111'``op2``' is treated as an unsigned value.
4112
4113Semantics:
4114""""""""""
4115
4116This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation,
4117The most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
4118of ``op1``. If ``op2`` is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger
4119than the number of bits in ``op1``, the result is undefined. If the
4120arguments are vectors, each vector element of ``op1`` is shifted by the
4121corresponding shift amount in ``op2``.
4122
4123If the ``exact`` keyword is present, the result value of the ``ashr`` is
4124a :ref:`poison value <poisonvalues>` if any of the bits shifted out are
4125non-zero.
4126
4127Example:
4128""""""""
4129
4130.. code-block:: llvm
4131
4132 <result> = ashr i32 4, 1 ; yields {i32}:result = 2
4133 <result> = ashr i32 4, 2 ; yields {i32}:result = 1
4134 <result> = ashr i8 4, 3 ; yields {i8}:result = 0
4135 <result> = ashr i8 -2, 1 ; yields {i8}:result = -1
4136 <result> = ashr i32 1, 32 ; undefined
4137 <result> = ashr <2 x i32> < i32 -2, i32 4>, < i32 1, i32 3> ; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 -1, i32 0>
4138
4139'``and``' Instruction
4140^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4141
4142Syntax:
4143"""""""
4144
4145::
4146
4147 <result> = and <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
4148
4149Overview:
4150"""""""""
4151
4152The '``and``' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
4153operands.
4154
4155Arguments:
4156""""""""""
4157
4158The two arguments to the '``and``' instruction must be
4159:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer values. Both
4160arguments must have identical types.
4161
4162Semantics:
4163""""""""""
4164
4165The truth table used for the '``and``' instruction is:
4166
4167+-----+-----+-----+
4168| In0 | In1 | Out |
4169+-----+-----+-----+
4170| 0 | 0 | 0 |
4171+-----+-----+-----+
4172| 0 | 1 | 0 |
4173+-----+-----+-----+
4174| 1 | 0 | 0 |
4175+-----+-----+-----+
4176| 1 | 1 | 1 |
4177+-----+-----+-----+
4178
4179Example:
4180""""""""
4181
4182.. code-block:: llvm
4183
4184 <result> = and i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}:result = 4 & %var
4185 <result> = and i32 15, 40 ; yields {i32}:result = 8
4186 <result> = and i32 4, 8 ; yields {i32}:result = 0
4187
4188'``or``' Instruction
4189^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4190
4191Syntax:
4192"""""""
4193
4194::
4195
4196 <result> = or <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
4197
4198Overview:
4199"""""""""
4200
4201The '``or``' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
4202two operands.
4203
4204Arguments:
4205""""""""""
4206
4207The two arguments to the '``or``' instruction must be
4208:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer values. Both
4209arguments must have identical types.
4210
4211Semantics:
4212""""""""""
4213
4214The truth table used for the '``or``' instruction is:
4215
4216+-----+-----+-----+
4217| In0 | In1 | Out |
4218+-----+-----+-----+
4219| 0 | 0 | 0 |
4220+-----+-----+-----+
4221| 0 | 1 | 1 |
4222+-----+-----+-----+
4223| 1 | 0 | 1 |
4224+-----+-----+-----+
4225| 1 | 1 | 1 |
4226+-----+-----+-----+
4227
4228Example:
4229""""""""
4230
4231::
4232
4233 <result> = or i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var
4234 <result> = or i32 15, 40 ; yields {i32}:result = 47
4235 <result> = or i32 4, 8 ; yields {i32}:result = 12
4236
4237'``xor``' Instruction
4238^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4239
4240Syntax:
4241"""""""
4242
4243::
4244
4245 <result> = xor <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {ty}:result
4246
4247Overview:
4248"""""""""
4249
4250The '``xor``' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
4251its two operands. The ``xor`` is used to implement the "one's
4252complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.
4253
4254Arguments:
4255""""""""""
4256
4257The two arguments to the '``xor``' instruction must be
4258:ref:`integer <t_integer>` or :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of integer values. Both
4259arguments must have identical types.
4260
4261Semantics:
4262""""""""""
4263
4264The truth table used for the '``xor``' instruction is:
4265
4266+-----+-----+-----+
4267| In0 | In1 | Out |
4268+-----+-----+-----+
4269| 0 | 0 | 0 |
4270+-----+-----+-----+
4271| 0 | 1 | 1 |
4272+-----+-----+-----+
4273| 1 | 0 | 1 |
4274+-----+-----+-----+
4275| 1 | 1 | 0 |
4276+-----+-----+-----+
4277
4278Example:
4279""""""""
4280
4281.. code-block:: llvm
4282
4283 <result> = xor i32 4, %var ; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var
4284 <result> = xor i32 15, 40 ; yields {i32}:result = 39
4285 <result> = xor i32 4, 8 ; yields {i32}:result = 12
4286 <result> = xor i32 %V, -1 ; yields {i32}:result = ~%V
4287
4288Vector Operations
4289-----------------
4290
4291LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
4292target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access
4293and vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively.
4294While LLVM does directly support these vector operations, many
4295sophisticated algorithms will want to use target-specific intrinsics to
4296take full advantage of a specific target.
4297
4298.. _i_extractelement:
4299
4300'``extractelement``' Instruction
4301^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4302
4303Syntax:
4304"""""""
4305
4306::
4307
4308 <result> = extractelement <n x <ty>> <val>, i32 <idx> ; yields <ty>
4309
4310Overview:
4311"""""""""
4312
4313The '``extractelement``' instruction extracts a single scalar element
4314from a vector at a specified index.
4315
4316Arguments:
4317""""""""""
4318
4319The first operand of an '``extractelement``' instruction is a value of
4320:ref:`vector <t_vector>` type. The second operand is an index indicating
4321the position from which to extract the element. The index may be a
4322variable.
4323
4324Semantics:
4325""""""""""
4326
4327The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of ``val``.
4328Its value is the value at position ``idx`` of ``val``. If ``idx``
4329exceeds the length of ``val``, the results are undefined.
4330
4331Example:
4332""""""""
4333
4334.. code-block:: llvm
4335
4336 <result> = extractelement <4 x i32> %vec, i32 0 ; yields i32
4337
4338.. _i_insertelement:
4339
4340'``insertelement``' Instruction
4341^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4342
4343Syntax:
4344"""""""
4345
4346::
4347
4348 <result> = insertelement <n x <ty>> <val>, <ty> <elt>, i32 <idx> ; yields <n x <ty>>
4349
4350Overview:
4351"""""""""
4352
4353The '``insertelement``' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
4354vector at a specified index.
4355
4356Arguments:
4357""""""""""
4358
4359The first operand of an '``insertelement``' instruction is a value of
4360:ref:`vector <t_vector>` type. The second operand is a scalar value whose
4361type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third operand
4362is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value. The
4363index may be a variable.
4364
4365Semantics:
4366""""""""""
4367
4368The result is a vector of the same type as ``val``. Its element values
4369are those of ``val`` except at position ``idx``, where it gets the value
4370``elt``. If ``idx`` exceeds the length of ``val``, the results are
4371undefined.
4372
4373Example:
4374""""""""
4375
4376.. code-block:: llvm
4377
4378 <result> = insertelement <4 x i32> %vec, i32 1, i32 0 ; yields <4 x i32>
4379
4380.. _i_shufflevector:
4381
4382'``shufflevector``' Instruction
4383^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4384
4385Syntax:
4386"""""""
4387
4388::
4389
4390 <result> = shufflevector <n x <ty>> <v1>, <n x <ty>> <v2>, <m x i32> <mask> ; yields <m x <ty>>
4391
4392Overview:
4393"""""""""
4394
4395The '``shufflevector``' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
4396from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as
4397the input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.
4398
4399Arguments:
4400""""""""""
4401
4402The first two operands of a '``shufflevector``' instruction are vectors
4403with the same type. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose element
4404type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector whose
4405length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
4406same as the element type of the first two operands.
4407
4408The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
4409constant integer or undef values.
4410
4411Semantics:
4412""""""""""
4413
4414The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right
4415across both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each
4416element of the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the
4417result element gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't
4418care") and the second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from
4419only one vector.
4420
4421Example:
4422""""""""
4423
4424.. code-block:: llvm
4425
4426 <result> = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> %v2,
4427 <4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5> ; yields <4 x i32>
4428 <result> = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> undef,
4429 <4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3> ; yields <4 x i32> - Identity shuffle.
4430 <result> = shufflevector <8 x i32> %v1, <8 x i32> undef,
4431 <4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3> ; yields <4 x i32>
4432 <result> = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> %v2,
4433 <8 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 > ; yields <8 x i32>
4434
4435Aggregate Operations
4436--------------------
4437
4438LLVM supports several instructions for working with
4439:ref:`aggregate <t_aggregate>` values.
4440
4441.. _i_extractvalue:
4442
4443'``extractvalue``' Instruction
4444^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4445
4446Syntax:
4447"""""""
4448
4449::
4450
4451 <result> = extractvalue <aggregate type> <val>, <idx>{, <idx>}*
4452
4453Overview:
4454"""""""""
4455
4456The '``extractvalue``' instruction extracts the value of a member field
4457from an :ref:`aggregate <t_aggregate>` value.
4458
4459Arguments:
4460""""""""""
4461
4462The first operand of an '``extractvalue``' instruction is a value of
4463:ref:`struct <t_struct>` or :ref:`array <t_array>` type. The operands are
4464constant indices to specify which value to extract in a similar manner
4465as indices in a '``getelementptr``' instruction.
4466
4467The major differences to ``getelementptr`` indexing are:
4468
4469- Since the value being indexed is not a pointer, the first index is
4470 omitted and assumed to be zero.
4471- At least one index must be specified.
4472- Not only struct indices but also array indices must be in bounds.
4473
4474Semantics:
4475""""""""""
4476
4477The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by
4478the index operands.
4479
4480Example:
4481""""""""
4482
4483.. code-block:: llvm
4484
4485 <result> = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 ; yields i32
4486
4487.. _i_insertvalue:
4488
4489'``insertvalue``' Instruction
4490^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4491
4492Syntax:
4493"""""""
4494
4495::
4496
4497 <result> = insertvalue <aggregate type> <val>, <ty> <elt>, <idx>{, <idx>}* ; yields <aggregate type>
4498
4499Overview:
4500"""""""""
4501
4502The '``insertvalue``' instruction inserts a value into a member field in
4503an :ref:`aggregate <t_aggregate>` value.
4504
4505Arguments:
4506""""""""""
4507
4508The first operand of an '``insertvalue``' instruction is a value of
4509:ref:`struct <t_struct>` or :ref:`array <t_array>` type. The second operand is
4510a first-class value to insert. The following operands are constant
4511indices indicating the position at which to insert the value in a
4512similar manner as indices in a '``extractvalue``' instruction. The value
4513to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
4514indices.
4515
4516Semantics:
4517""""""""""
4518
4519The result is an aggregate of the same type as ``val``. Its value is
4520that of ``val`` except that the value at the position specified by the
4521indices is that of ``elt``.
4522
4523Example:
4524""""""""
4525
4526.. code-block:: llvm
4527
4528 %agg1 = insertvalue {i32, float} undef, i32 1, 0 ; yields {i32 1, float undef}
4529 %agg2 = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg1, float %val, 1 ; yields {i32 1, float %val}
4530 %agg3 = insertvalue {i32, {float}} %agg1, float %val, 1, 0 ; yields {i32 1, float %val}
4531
4532.. _memoryops:
4533
4534Memory Access and Addressing Operations
4535---------------------------------------
4536
4537A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
4538memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
4539very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
4540memory in LLVM.
4541
4542.. _i_alloca:
4543
4544'``alloca``' Instruction
4545^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4546
4547Syntax:
4548"""""""
4549
4550::
4551
4552 <result> = alloca <type>[, <ty> <NumElements>][, align <alignment>] ; yields {type*}:result
4553
4554Overview:
4555"""""""""
4556
4557The '``alloca``' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
4558currently executing function, to be automatically released when this
4559function returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the
4560generic address space (address space zero).
4561
4562Arguments:
4563""""""""""
4564
4565The '``alloca``' instruction allocates ``sizeof(<type>)*NumElements``
4566bytes of memory on the runtime stack, returning a pointer of the
4567appropriate type to the program. If "NumElements" is specified, it is
4568the number of elements allocated, otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted
4569to be one. If a constant alignment is specified, the value result of the
4570allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary. If not
4571specified, or if zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on
4572any convenient boundary compatible with the type.
4573
4574'``type``' may be any sized type.
4575
4576Semantics:
4577""""""""""
4578
4579Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined
4580if there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '``alloca``'d
4581memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
4582'``alloca``' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
4583variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
4584(either with the ``ret`` or ``resume`` instructions), the memory is
4585reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.
4586The order in which memory is allocated (ie., which way the stack grows)
4587is not specified.
4588
4589Example:
4590""""""""
4591
4592.. code-block:: llvm
4593
4594 %ptr = alloca i32 ; yields {i32*}:ptr
4595 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 ; yields {i32*}:ptr
4596 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 ; yields {i32*}:ptr
4597 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 ; yields {i32*}:ptr
4598
4599.. _i_load:
4600
4601'``load``' Instruction
4602^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4603
4604Syntax:
4605"""""""
4606
4607::
4608
4609 <result> = load [volatile] <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>][, !nontemporal !<index>][, !invariant.load !<index>]
4610 <result> = load atomic [volatile] <ty>* <pointer> [singlethread] <ordering>, align <alignment>
4611 !<index> = !{ i32 1 }
4612
4613Overview:
4614"""""""""
4615
4616The '``load``' instruction is used to read from memory.
4617
4618Arguments:
4619""""""""""
4620
Eli Bendersky8c493382013-04-17 20:17:08 +00004621The argument to the ``load`` instruction specifies the memory address
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004622from which to load. The pointer must point to a :ref:`first
4623class <t_firstclass>` type. If the ``load`` is marked as ``volatile``,
4624then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or order of
4625execution of this ``load`` with other :ref:`volatile
4626operations <volatile>`.
4627
4628If the ``load`` is marked as ``atomic``, it takes an extra
4629:ref:`ordering <ordering>` and optional ``singlethread`` argument. The
4630``release`` and ``acq_rel`` orderings are not valid on ``load``
4631instructions. Atomic loads produce :ref:`defined <memmodel>` results
4632when they may see multiple atomic stores. The type of the pointee must
4633be an integer type whose bit width is a power of two greater than or
4634equal to eight and less than or equal to a target-specific size limit.
4635``align`` must be explicitly specified on atomic loads, and the load has
4636undefined behavior if the alignment is not set to a value which is at
4637least the size in bytes of the pointee. ``!nontemporal`` does not have
4638any defined semantics for atomic loads.
4639
4640The optional constant ``align`` argument specifies the alignment of the
4641operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0
Eli Bendersky8c493382013-04-17 20:17:08 +00004642or an omitted ``align`` argument means that the operation has the ABI
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004643alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter
4644to ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4645alignment results in undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment
4646may produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.
4647
4648The optional ``!nontemporal`` metadata must reference a single
Stefanus Du Toitafea27b2013-06-20 14:02:44 +00004649metadata name ``<index>`` corresponding to a metadata node with one
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004650``i32`` entry of value 1. The existence of the ``!nontemporal``
Stefanus Du Toitafea27b2013-06-20 14:02:44 +00004651metadata on the instruction tells the optimizer and code generator
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004652that this load is not expected to be reused in the cache. The code
4653generator may select special instructions to save cache bandwidth, such
4654as the ``MOVNT`` instruction on x86.
4655
4656The optional ``!invariant.load`` metadata must reference a single
Stefanus Du Toitafea27b2013-06-20 14:02:44 +00004657metadata name ``<index>`` corresponding to a metadata node with no
4658entries. The existence of the ``!invariant.load`` metadata on the
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004659instruction tells the optimizer and code generator that this load
4660address points to memory which does not change value during program
4661execution. The optimizer may then move this load around, for example, by
4662hoisting it out of loops using loop invariant code motion.
4663
4664Semantics:
4665""""""""""
4666
4667The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded
4668is of scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the
4669minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For
4670example, loading an ``i24`` reads at most three bytes. When loading a
4671value of a type like ``i20`` with a size that is not an integral number
4672of bytes, the result is undefined if the value was not originally
4673written using a store of the same type.
4674
4675Examples:
4676"""""""""
4677
4678.. code-block:: llvm
4679
4680 %ptr = alloca i32 ; yields {i32*}:ptr
4681 store i32 3, i32* %ptr ; yields {void}
4682 %val = load i32* %ptr ; yields {i32}:val = i32 3
4683
4684.. _i_store:
4685
4686'``store``' Instruction
4687^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4688
4689Syntax:
4690"""""""
4691
4692::
4693
4694 store [volatile] <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>][, !nontemporal !<index>] ; yields {void}
4695 store atomic [volatile] <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer> [singlethread] <ordering>, align <alignment> ; yields {void}
4696
4697Overview:
4698"""""""""
4699
4700The '``store``' instruction is used to write to memory.
4701
4702Arguments:
4703""""""""""
4704
Eli Bendersky8952d902013-04-17 17:17:20 +00004705There are two arguments to the ``store`` instruction: a value to store
4706and an address at which to store it. The type of the ``<pointer>``
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004707operand must be a pointer to the :ref:`first class <t_firstclass>` type of
Eli Bendersky8952d902013-04-17 17:17:20 +00004708the ``<value>`` operand. If the ``store`` is marked as ``volatile``,
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004709then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or order of
4710execution of this ``store`` with other :ref:`volatile
4711operations <volatile>`.
4712
4713If the ``store`` is marked as ``atomic``, it takes an extra
4714:ref:`ordering <ordering>` and optional ``singlethread`` argument. The
4715``acquire`` and ``acq_rel`` orderings aren't valid on ``store``
4716instructions. Atomic loads produce :ref:`defined <memmodel>` results
4717when they may see multiple atomic stores. The type of the pointee must
4718be an integer type whose bit width is a power of two greater than or
4719equal to eight and less than or equal to a target-specific size limit.
4720``align`` must be explicitly specified on atomic stores, and the store
4721has undefined behavior if the alignment is not set to a value which is
4722at least the size in bytes of the pointee. ``!nontemporal`` does not
4723have any defined semantics for atomic stores.
4724
Eli Bendersky8952d902013-04-17 17:17:20 +00004725The optional constant ``align`` argument specifies the alignment of the
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004726operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0
Eli Bendersky8952d902013-04-17 17:17:20 +00004727or an omitted ``align`` argument means that the operation has the ABI
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004728alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter
4729to ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
Eli Bendersky8952d902013-04-17 17:17:20 +00004730alignment results in undefined behavior. Underestimating the
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004731alignment may produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always
4732safe.
4733
Stefanus Du Toitafea27b2013-06-20 14:02:44 +00004734The optional ``!nontemporal`` metadata must reference a single metadata
Eli Bendersky8952d902013-04-17 17:17:20 +00004735name ``<index>`` corresponding to a metadata node with one ``i32`` entry of
Stefanus Du Toitafea27b2013-06-20 14:02:44 +00004736value 1. The existence of the ``!nontemporal`` metadata on the instruction
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004737tells the optimizer and code generator that this load is not expected to
4738be reused in the cache. The code generator may select special
4739instructions to save cache bandwidth, such as the MOVNT instruction on
4740x86.
4741
4742Semantics:
4743""""""""""
4744
Eli Bendersky8952d902013-04-17 17:17:20 +00004745The contents of memory are updated to contain ``<value>`` at the
4746location specified by the ``<pointer>`` operand. If ``<value>`` is
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00004747of scalar type then the number of bytes written does not exceed the
4748minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For
4749example, storing an ``i24`` writes at most three bytes. When writing a
4750value of a type like ``i20`` with a size that is not an integral number
4751of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits that do not
4752belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.
4753
4754Example:
4755""""""""
4756
4757.. code-block:: llvm
4758
4759 %ptr = alloca i32 ; yields {i32*}:ptr
4760 store i32 3, i32* %ptr ; yields {void}
4761 %val = load i32* %ptr ; yields {i32}:val = i32 3
4762
4763.. _i_fence:
4764
4765'``fence``' Instruction
4766^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4767
4768Syntax:
4769"""""""
4770
4771::
4772
4773 fence [singlethread] <ordering> ; yields {void}
4774
4775Overview:
4776"""""""""
4777
4778The '``fence``' instruction is used to introduce happens-before edges
4779between operations.
4780
4781Arguments:
4782""""""""""
4783
4784'``fence``' instructions take an :ref:`ordering <ordering>` argument which
4785defines what *synchronizes-with* edges they add. They can only be given
4786``acquire``, ``release``, ``acq_rel``, and ``seq_cst`` orderings.
4787
4788Semantics:
4789""""""""""
4790
4791A fence A which has (at least) ``release`` ordering semantics
4792*synchronizes with* a fence B with (at least) ``acquire`` ordering
4793semantics if and only if there exist atomic operations X and Y, both
4794operating on some atomic object M, such that A is sequenced before X, X
4795modifies M (either directly or through some side effect of a sequence
4796headed by X), Y is sequenced before B, and Y observes M. This provides a
4797*happens-before* dependency between A and B. Rather than an explicit
4798``fence``, one (but not both) of the atomic operations X or Y might
4799provide a ``release`` or ``acquire`` (resp.) ordering constraint and
4800still *synchronize-with* the explicit ``fence`` and establish the
4801*happens-before* edge.
4802
4803A ``fence`` which has ``seq_cst`` ordering, in addition to having both
4804``acquire`` and ``release`` semantics specified above, participates in
4805the global program order of other ``seq_cst`` operations and/or fences.
4806
4807The optional ":ref:`singlethread <singlethread>`" argument specifies
4808that the fence only synchronizes with other fences in the same thread.
4809(This is useful for interacting with signal handlers.)
4810
4811Example:
4812""""""""
4813
4814.. code-block:: llvm
4815
4816 fence acquire ; yields {void}
4817 fence singlethread seq_cst ; yields {void}
4818
4819.. _i_cmpxchg:
4820
4821'``cmpxchg``' Instruction
4822^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4823
4824Syntax:
4825"""""""
4826
4827::
4828
4829 cmpxchg [volatile] <ty>* <pointer>, <ty> <cmp>, <ty> <new> [singlethread] <ordering> ; yields {ty}
4830
4831Overview:
4832"""""""""
4833
4834The '``cmpxchg``' instruction is used to atomically modify memory. It
4835loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
4836equal, it stores a new value into the memory.
4837
4838Arguments:
4839""""""""""
4840
4841There are three arguments to the '``cmpxchg``' instruction: an address
4842to operate on, a value to compare to the value currently be at that
4843address, and a new value to place at that address if the compared values
4844are equal. The type of '<cmp>' must be an integer type whose bit width
4845is a power of two greater than or equal to eight and less than or equal
4846to a target-specific size limit. '<cmp>' and '<new>' must have the same
4847type, and the type of '<pointer>' must be a pointer to that type. If the
4848``cmpxchg`` is marked as ``volatile``, then the optimizer is not allowed
4849to modify the number or order of execution of this ``cmpxchg`` with
4850other :ref:`volatile operations <volatile>`.
4851
4852The :ref:`ordering <ordering>` argument specifies how this ``cmpxchg``
4853synchronizes with other atomic operations.
4854
4855The optional "``singlethread``" argument declares that the ``cmpxchg``
4856is only atomic with respect to code (usually signal handlers) running in
4857the same thread as the ``cmpxchg``. Otherwise the cmpxchg is atomic with
4858respect to all other code in the system.
4859
4860The pointer passed into cmpxchg must have alignment greater than or
4861equal to the size in memory of the operand.
4862
4863Semantics:
4864""""""""""
4865
4866The contents of memory at the location specified by the '``<pointer>``'
4867operand is read and compared to '``<cmp>``'; if the read value is the
4868equal, '``<new>``' is written. The original value at the location is
4869returned.
4870
4871A successful ``cmpxchg`` is a read-modify-write instruction for the purpose
4872of identifying release sequences. A failed ``cmpxchg`` is equivalent to an
4873atomic load with an ordering parameter determined by dropping any
4874``release`` part of the ``cmpxchg``'s ordering.
4875
4876Example:
4877""""""""
4878
4879.. code-block:: llvm
4880
4881 entry:
4882 %orig = atomic load i32* %ptr unordered ; yields {i32}
4883 br label %loop
4884
4885 loop:
4886 %cmp = phi i32 [ %orig, %entry ], [%old, %loop]
4887 %squared = mul i32 %cmp, %cmp
4888 %old = cmpxchg i32* %ptr, i32 %cmp, i32 %squared ; yields {i32}
4889 %success = icmp eq i32 %cmp, %old
4890 br i1 %success, label %done, label %loop
4891
4892 done:
4893 ...
4894
4895.. _i_atomicrmw:
4896
4897'``atomicrmw``' Instruction
4898^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4899
4900Syntax:
4901"""""""
4902
4903::
4904
4905 atomicrmw [volatile] <operation> <ty>* <pointer>, <ty> <value> [singlethread] <ordering> ; yields {ty}
4906
4907Overview:
4908"""""""""
4909
4910The '``atomicrmw``' instruction is used to atomically modify memory.
4911
4912Arguments:
4913""""""""""
4914
4915There are three arguments to the '``atomicrmw``' instruction: an
4916operation to apply, an address whose value to modify, an argument to the
4917operation. The operation must be one of the following keywords:
4918
4919- xchg
4920- add
4921- sub
4922- and
4923- nand
4924- or
4925- xor
4926- max
4927- min
4928- umax
4929- umin
4930
4931The type of '<value>' must be an integer type whose bit width is a power
4932of two greater than or equal to eight and less than or equal to a
4933target-specific size limit. The type of the '``<pointer>``' operand must
4934be a pointer to that type. If the ``atomicrmw`` is marked as
4935``volatile``, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or
4936order of execution of this ``atomicrmw`` with other :ref:`volatile
4937operations <volatile>`.
4938
4939Semantics:
4940""""""""""
4941
4942The contents of memory at the location specified by the '``<pointer>``'
4943operand are atomically read, modified, and written back. The original
4944value at the location is returned. The modification is specified by the
4945operation argument:
4946
4947- xchg: ``*ptr = val``
4948- add: ``*ptr = *ptr + val``
4949- sub: ``*ptr = *ptr - val``
4950- and: ``*ptr = *ptr & val``
4951- nand: ``*ptr = ~(*ptr & val)``
4952- or: ``*ptr = *ptr | val``
4953- xor: ``*ptr = *ptr ^ val``
4954- max: ``*ptr = *ptr > val ? *ptr : val`` (using a signed comparison)
4955- min: ``*ptr = *ptr < val ? *ptr : val`` (using a signed comparison)
4956- umax: ``*ptr = *ptr > val ? *ptr : val`` (using an unsigned
4957 comparison)
4958- umin: ``*ptr = *ptr < val ? *ptr : val`` (using an unsigned
4959 comparison)
4960
4961Example:
4962""""""""
4963
4964.. code-block:: llvm
4965
4966 %old = atomicrmw add i32* %ptr, i32 1 acquire ; yields {i32}
4967
4968.. _i_getelementptr:
4969
4970'``getelementptr``' Instruction
4971^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
4972
4973Syntax:
4974"""""""
4975
4976::
4977
4978 <result> = getelementptr <pty>* <ptrval>{, <ty> <idx>}*
4979 <result> = getelementptr inbounds <pty>* <ptrval>{, <ty> <idx>}*
4980 <result> = getelementptr <ptr vector> ptrval, <vector index type> idx
4981
4982Overview:
4983"""""""""
4984
4985The '``getelementptr``' instruction is used to get the address of a
4986subelement of an :ref:`aggregate <t_aggregate>` data structure. It performs
4987address calculation only and does not access memory.
4988
4989Arguments:
4990""""""""""
4991
4992The first argument is always a pointer or a vector of pointers, and
4993forms the basis of the calculation. The remaining arguments are indices
4994that indicate which of the elements of the aggregate object are indexed.
4995The interpretation of each index is dependent on the type being indexed
4996into. The first index always indexes the pointer value given as the
4997first argument, the second index indexes a value of the type pointed to
4998(not necessarily the value directly pointed to, since the first index
4999can be non-zero), etc. The first type indexed into must be a pointer
5000value, subsequent types can be arrays, vectors, and structs. Note that
5001subsequent types being indexed into can never be pointers, since that
5002would require loading the pointer before continuing calculation.
5003
5004The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
5005When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure, only ``i32`` integer
5006**constants** are allowed (when using a vector of indices they must all
5007be the **same** ``i32`` integer constant). When indexing into an array,
5008pointer or vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not
5009required to be constant. These integers are treated as signed values
5010where relevant.
5011
5012For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled
5013to LLVM:
5014
5015.. code-block:: c
5016
5017 struct RT {
5018 char A;
5019 int B[10][20];
5020 char C;
5021 };
5022 struct ST {
5023 int X;
5024 double Y;
5025 struct RT Z;
5026 };
5027
5028 int *foo(struct ST *s) {
5029 return &s[1].Z.B[5][13];
5030 }
5031
5032The LLVM code generated by Clang is:
5033
5034.. code-block:: llvm
5035
5036 %struct.RT = type { i8, [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
5037 %struct.ST = type { i32, double, %struct.RT }
5038
5039 define i32* @foo(%struct.ST* %s) nounwind uwtable readnone optsize ssp {
5040 entry:
5041 %arrayidx = getelementptr inbounds %struct.ST* %s, i64 1, i32 2, i32 1, i64 5, i64 13
5042 ret i32* %arrayidx
5043 }
5044
5045Semantics:
5046""""""""""
5047
5048In the example above, the first index is indexing into the
5049'``%struct.ST*``' type, which is a pointer, yielding a '``%struct.ST``'
5050= '``{ i32, double, %struct.RT }``' type, a structure. The second index
5051indexes into the third element of the structure, yielding a
5052'``%struct.RT``' = '``{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }``' type, another
5053structure. The third index indexes into the second element of the
5054structure, yielding a '``[10 x [20 x i32]]``' type, an array. The two
5055dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an '``i32``'
5056type. The '``getelementptr``' instruction returns a pointer to this
5057element, thus computing a value of '``i32*``' type.
5058
5059Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
5060returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code
5061for the given testcase is equivalent to:
5062
5063.. code-block:: llvm
5064
5065 define i32* @foo(%struct.ST* %s) {
5066 %t1 = getelementptr %struct.ST* %s, i32 1 ; yields %struct.ST*:%t1
5067 %t2 = getelementptr %struct.ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 ; yields %struct.RT*:%t2
5068 %t3 = getelementptr %struct.RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 ; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3
5069 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 ; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4
5070 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 ; yields i32*:%t5
5071 ret i32* %t5
5072 }
5073
5074If the ``inbounds`` keyword is present, the result value of the
5075``getelementptr`` is a :ref:`poison value <poisonvalues>` if the base
5076pointer is not an *in bounds* address of an allocated object, or if any
5077of the addresses that would be formed by successive addition of the
5078offsets implied by the indices to the base address with infinitely
5079precise signed arithmetic are not an *in bounds* address of that
5080allocated object. The *in bounds* addresses for an allocated object are
5081all the addresses that point into the object, plus the address one byte
5082past the end. In cases where the base is a vector of pointers the
5083``inbounds`` keyword applies to each of the computations element-wise.
5084
5085If the ``inbounds`` keyword is not present, the offsets are added to the
5086base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic. If the
5087offsets have a different width from the pointer, they are sign-extended
5088or truncated to the width of the pointer. The result value of the
5089``getelementptr`` may be outside the object pointed to by the base
5090pointer. The result value may not necessarily be used to access memory
5091though, even if it happens to point into allocated storage. See the
5092:ref:`Pointer Aliasing Rules <pointeraliasing>` section for more
5093information.
5094
5095The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight
5096into how it works, see :doc:`the getelementptr FAQ <GetElementPtr>`.
5097
5098Example:
5099""""""""
5100
5101.. code-block:: llvm
5102
5103 ; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr
5104 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
5105 ; yields i8*:vptr
5106 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, <2 x i8>}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
5107 ; yields i8*:eptr
5108 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
5109 ; yields i32*:iptr
5110 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
5111
5112In cases where the pointer argument is a vector of pointers, each index
5113must be a vector with the same number of elements. For example:
5114
5115.. code-block:: llvm
5116
5117 %A = getelementptr <4 x i8*> %ptrs, <4 x i64> %offsets,
5118
5119Conversion Operations
5120---------------------
5121
5122The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions
5123(casting) which all take a single operand and a type. They perform
5124various bit conversions on the operand.
5125
5126'``trunc .. to``' Instruction
5127^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5128
5129Syntax:
5130"""""""
5131
5132::
5133
5134 <result> = trunc <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5135
5136Overview:
5137"""""""""
5138
5139The '``trunc``' instruction truncates its operand to the type ``ty2``.
5140
5141Arguments:
5142""""""""""
5143
5144The '``trunc``' instruction takes a value to trunc, and a type to trunc
5145it to. Both types must be of :ref:`integer <t_integer>` types, or vectors
5146of the same number of integers. The bit size of the ``value`` must be
5147larger than the bit size of the destination type, ``ty2``. Equal sized
5148types are not allowed.
5149
5150Semantics:
5151""""""""""
5152
5153The '``trunc``' instruction truncates the high order bits in ``value``
5154and converts the remaining bits to ``ty2``. Since the source size must
5155be larger than the destination size, ``trunc`` cannot be a *no-op cast*.
5156It will always truncate bits.
5157
5158Example:
5159""""""""
5160
5161.. code-block:: llvm
5162
5163 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 ; yields i8:1
5164 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 ; yields i1:true
5165 %Z = trunc i32 122 to i1 ; yields i1:false
5166 %W = trunc <2 x i16> <i16 8, i16 7> to <2 x i8> ; yields <i8 8, i8 7>
5167
5168'``zext .. to``' Instruction
5169^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5170
5171Syntax:
5172"""""""
5173
5174::
5175
5176 <result> = zext <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5177
5178Overview:
5179"""""""""
5180
5181The '``zext``' instruction zero extends its operand to type ``ty2``.
5182
5183Arguments:
5184""""""""""
5185
5186The '``zext``' instruction takes a value to cast, and a type to cast it
5187to. Both types must be of :ref:`integer <t_integer>` types, or vectors of
5188the same number of integers. The bit size of the ``value`` must be
5189smaller than the bit size of the destination type, ``ty2``.
5190
5191Semantics:
5192""""""""""
5193
5194The ``zext`` fills the high order bits of the ``value`` with zero bits
5195until it reaches the size of the destination type, ``ty2``.
5196
5197When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.
5198
5199Example:
5200""""""""
5201
5202.. code-block:: llvm
5203
5204 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 ; yields i64:257
5205 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 ; yields i32:1
5206 %Z = zext <2 x i16> <i16 8, i16 7> to <2 x i32> ; yields <i32 8, i32 7>
5207
5208'``sext .. to``' Instruction
5209^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5210
5211Syntax:
5212"""""""
5213
5214::
5215
5216 <result> = sext <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5217
5218Overview:
5219"""""""""
5220
5221The '``sext``' sign extends ``value`` to the type ``ty2``.
5222
5223Arguments:
5224""""""""""
5225
5226The '``sext``' instruction takes a value to cast, and a type to cast it
5227to. Both types must be of :ref:`integer <t_integer>` types, or vectors of
5228the same number of integers. The bit size of the ``value`` must be
5229smaller than the bit size of the destination type, ``ty2``.
5230
5231Semantics:
5232""""""""""
5233
5234The '``sext``' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
5235bit (highest order bit) of the ``value`` until it reaches the bit size
5236of the type ``ty2``.
5237
5238When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.
5239
5240Example:
5241""""""""
5242
5243.. code-block:: llvm
5244
5245 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 ; yields i16 :65535
5246 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 ; yields i32:-1
5247 %Z = sext <2 x i16> <i16 8, i16 7> to <2 x i32> ; yields <i32 8, i32 7>
5248
5249'``fptrunc .. to``' Instruction
5250^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5251
5252Syntax:
5253"""""""
5254
5255::
5256
5257 <result> = fptrunc <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5258
5259Overview:
5260"""""""""
5261
5262The '``fptrunc``' instruction truncates ``value`` to type ``ty2``.
5263
5264Arguments:
5265""""""""""
5266
5267The '``fptrunc``' instruction takes a :ref:`floating point <t_floating>`
5268value to cast and a :ref:`floating point <t_floating>` type to cast it to.
5269The size of ``value`` must be larger than the size of ``ty2``. This
5270implies that ``fptrunc`` cannot be used to make a *no-op cast*.
5271
5272Semantics:
5273""""""""""
5274
5275The '``fptrunc``' instruction truncates a ``value`` from a larger
5276:ref:`floating point <t_floating>` type to a smaller :ref:`floating
5277point <t_floating>` type. If the value cannot fit within the
5278destination type, ``ty2``, then the results are undefined.
5279
5280Example:
5281""""""""
5282
5283.. code-block:: llvm
5284
5285 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float ; yields float:123.0
5286 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float ; yields undefined
5287
5288'``fpext .. to``' Instruction
5289^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5290
5291Syntax:
5292"""""""
5293
5294::
5295
5296 <result> = fpext <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5297
5298Overview:
5299"""""""""
5300
5301The '``fpext``' extends a floating point ``value`` to a larger floating
5302point value.
5303
5304Arguments:
5305""""""""""
5306
5307The '``fpext``' instruction takes a :ref:`floating point <t_floating>`
5308``value`` to cast, and a :ref:`floating point <t_floating>` type to cast it
5309to. The source type must be smaller than the destination type.
5310
5311Semantics:
5312""""""""""
5313
5314The '``fpext``' instruction extends the ``value`` from a smaller
5315:ref:`floating point <t_floating>` type to a larger :ref:`floating
5316point <t_floating>` type. The ``fpext`` cannot be used to make a
5317*no-op cast* because it always changes bits. Use ``bitcast`` to make a
5318*no-op cast* for a floating point cast.
5319
5320Example:
5321""""""""
5322
5323.. code-block:: llvm
5324
5325 %X = fpext float 3.125 to double ; yields double:3.125000e+00
5326 %Y = fpext double %X to fp128 ; yields fp128:0xL00000000000000004000900000000000
5327
5328'``fptoui .. to``' Instruction
5329^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5330
5331Syntax:
5332"""""""
5333
5334::
5335
5336 <result> = fptoui <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5337
5338Overview:
5339"""""""""
5340
5341The '``fptoui``' converts a floating point ``value`` to its unsigned
5342integer equivalent of type ``ty2``.
5343
5344Arguments:
5345""""""""""
5346
5347The '``fptoui``' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
5348scalar or vector :ref:`floating point <t_floating>` value, and a type to
5349cast it to ``ty2``, which must be an :ref:`integer <t_integer>` type. If
5350``ty`` is a vector floating point type, ``ty2`` must be a vector integer
5351type with the same number of elements as ``ty``
5352
5353Semantics:
5354""""""""""
5355
5356The '``fptoui``' instruction converts its :ref:`floating
5357point <t_floating>` operand into the nearest (rounding towards zero)
5358unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit in ``ty2``, the results
5359are undefined.
5360
5361Example:
5362""""""""
5363
5364.. code-block:: llvm
5365
5366 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 ; yields i32:123
5367 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 ; yields undefined:1
5368 %Z = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 ; yields undefined:1
5369
5370'``fptosi .. to``' Instruction
5371^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5372
5373Syntax:
5374"""""""
5375
5376::
5377
5378 <result> = fptosi <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5379
5380Overview:
5381"""""""""
5382
5383The '``fptosi``' instruction converts :ref:`floating point <t_floating>`
5384``value`` to type ``ty2``.
5385
5386Arguments:
5387""""""""""
5388
5389The '``fptosi``' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
5390scalar or vector :ref:`floating point <t_floating>` value, and a type to
5391cast it to ``ty2``, which must be an :ref:`integer <t_integer>` type. If
5392``ty`` is a vector floating point type, ``ty2`` must be a vector integer
5393type with the same number of elements as ``ty``
5394
5395Semantics:
5396""""""""""
5397
5398The '``fptosi``' instruction converts its :ref:`floating
5399point <t_floating>` operand into the nearest (rounding towards zero)
5400signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in ``ty2``, the results
5401are undefined.
5402
5403Example:
5404""""""""
5405
5406.. code-block:: llvm
5407
5408 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 ; yields i32:-123
5409 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 ; yields undefined:1
5410 %Z = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 ; yields undefined:1
5411
5412'``uitofp .. to``' Instruction
5413^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5414
5415Syntax:
5416"""""""
5417
5418::
5419
5420 <result> = uitofp <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5421
5422Overview:
5423"""""""""
5424
5425The '``uitofp``' instruction regards ``value`` as an unsigned integer
5426and converts that value to the ``ty2`` type.
5427
5428Arguments:
5429""""""""""
5430
5431The '``uitofp``' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
5432scalar or vector :ref:`integer <t_integer>` value, and a type to cast it to
5433``ty2``, which must be an :ref:`floating point <t_floating>` type. If
5434``ty`` is a vector integer type, ``ty2`` must be a vector floating point
5435type with the same number of elements as ``ty``
5436
5437Semantics:
5438""""""""""
5439
5440The '``uitofp``' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
5441integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
5442value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results
5443are undefined.
5444
5445Example:
5446""""""""
5447
5448.. code-block:: llvm
5449
5450 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float ; yields float:257.0
5451 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double ; yields double:255.0
5452
5453'``sitofp .. to``' Instruction
5454^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5455
5456Syntax:
5457"""""""
5458
5459::
5460
5461 <result> = sitofp <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5462
5463Overview:
5464"""""""""
5465
5466The '``sitofp``' instruction regards ``value`` as a signed integer and
5467converts that value to the ``ty2`` type.
5468
5469Arguments:
5470""""""""""
5471
5472The '``sitofp``' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
5473scalar or vector :ref:`integer <t_integer>` value, and a type to cast it to
5474``ty2``, which must be an :ref:`floating point <t_floating>` type. If
5475``ty`` is a vector integer type, ``ty2`` must be a vector floating point
5476type with the same number of elements as ``ty``
5477
5478Semantics:
5479""""""""""
5480
5481The '``sitofp``' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
5482quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If
5483the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
5484undefined.
5485
5486Example:
5487""""""""
5488
5489.. code-block:: llvm
5490
5491 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float ; yields float:257.0
5492 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double ; yields double:-1.0
5493
5494.. _i_ptrtoint:
5495
5496'``ptrtoint .. to``' Instruction
5497^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5498
5499Syntax:
5500"""""""
5501
5502::
5503
5504 <result> = ptrtoint <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5505
5506Overview:
5507"""""""""
5508
5509The '``ptrtoint``' instruction converts the pointer or a vector of
5510pointers ``value`` to the integer (or vector of integers) type ``ty2``.
5511
5512Arguments:
5513""""""""""
5514
5515The '``ptrtoint``' instruction takes a ``value`` to cast, which must be
5516a a value of type :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>` or a vector of pointers, and a
5517type to cast it to ``ty2``, which must be an :ref:`integer <t_integer>` or
5518a vector of integers type.
5519
5520Semantics:
5521""""""""""
5522
5523The '``ptrtoint``' instruction converts ``value`` to integer type
5524``ty2`` by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
5525truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type.
5526If ``value`` is smaller than ``ty2`` then a zero extension is done. If
5527``value`` is larger than ``ty2`` then a truncation is done. If they are
5528the same size, then nothing is done (*no-op cast*) other than a type
5529change.
5530
5531Example:
5532""""""""
5533
5534.. code-block:: llvm
5535
5536 %X = ptrtoint i32* %P to i8 ; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture
5537 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %P to i64 ; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture
5538 %Z = ptrtoint <4 x i32*> %P to <4 x i64>; yields vector zero extension for a vector of addresses on 32-bit architecture
5539
5540.. _i_inttoptr:
5541
5542'``inttoptr .. to``' Instruction
5543^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5544
5545Syntax:
5546"""""""
5547
5548::
5549
5550 <result> = inttoptr <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5551
5552Overview:
5553"""""""""
5554
5555The '``inttoptr``' instruction converts an integer ``value`` to a
5556pointer type, ``ty2``.
5557
5558Arguments:
5559""""""""""
5560
5561The '``inttoptr``' instruction takes an :ref:`integer <t_integer>` value to
5562cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>`
5563type.
5564
5565Semantics:
5566""""""""""
5567
5568The '``inttoptr``' instruction converts ``value`` to type ``ty2`` by
5569applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on the size
5570of the integer ``value``. If ``value`` is larger than the size of a
5571pointer then a truncation is done. If ``value`` is smaller than the size
5572of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the same size,
5573nothing is done (*no-op cast*).
5574
5575Example:
5576""""""""
5577
5578.. code-block:: llvm
5579
5580 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* ; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture
5581 %Y = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* ; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture
5582 %Z = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* ; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture
5583 %Z = inttoptr <4 x i32> %G to <4 x i8*>; yields truncation of vector G to four pointers
5584
5585.. _i_bitcast:
5586
5587'``bitcast .. to``' Instruction
5588^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5589
5590Syntax:
5591"""""""
5592
5593::
5594
5595 <result> = bitcast <ty> <value> to <ty2> ; yields ty2
5596
5597Overview:
5598"""""""""
5599
5600The '``bitcast``' instruction converts ``value`` to type ``ty2`` without
5601changing any bits.
5602
5603Arguments:
5604""""""""""
5605
5606The '``bitcast``' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
5607non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must
5608also be a non-aggregate :ref:`first class <t_firstclass>` type. The bit
5609sizes of ``value`` and the destination type, ``ty2``, must be identical.
5610If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be a
5611pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
5612integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
5613size).
5614
5615Semantics:
5616""""""""""
5617
5618The '``bitcast``' instruction converts ``value`` to type ``ty2``. It is
5619always a *no-op cast* because no bits change with this conversion. The
5620conversion is done as if the ``value`` had been stored to memory and
5621read back as type ``ty2``. Pointer (or vector of pointers) types may
5622only be converted to other pointer (or vector of pointers) types with
5623this instruction. To convert pointers to other types, use the
5624:ref:`inttoptr <i_inttoptr>` or :ref:`ptrtoint <i_ptrtoint>` instructions
5625first.
5626
5627Example:
5628""""""""
5629
5630.. code-block:: llvm
5631
5632 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 ; yields i8 :-1
5633 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* ; yields sint*:%x
5634 %Z = bitcast <2 x int> %V to i64; ; yields i64: %V
5635 %Z = bitcast <2 x i32*> %V to <2 x i64*> ; yields <2 x i64*>
5636
5637.. _otherops:
5638
5639Other Operations
5640----------------
5641
5642The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions,
5643which defy better classification.
5644
5645.. _i_icmp:
5646
5647'``icmp``' Instruction
5648^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5649
5650Syntax:
5651"""""""
5652
5653::
5654
5655 <result> = icmp <cond> <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {i1} or {<N x i1>}:result
5656
5657Overview:
5658"""""""""
5659
5660The '``icmp``' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
5661boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector,
5662pointer, or pointer vector operands.
5663
5664Arguments:
5665""""""""""
5666
5667The '``icmp``' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
5668the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is
5669not a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:
5670
5671#. ``eq``: equal
5672#. ``ne``: not equal
5673#. ``ugt``: unsigned greater than
5674#. ``uge``: unsigned greater or equal
5675#. ``ult``: unsigned less than
5676#. ``ule``: unsigned less or equal
5677#. ``sgt``: signed greater than
5678#. ``sge``: signed greater or equal
5679#. ``slt``: signed less than
5680#. ``sle``: signed less or equal
5681
5682The remaining two arguments must be :ref:`integer <t_integer>` or
5683:ref:`pointer <t_pointer>` or integer :ref:`vector <t_vector>` typed. They
5684must also be identical types.
5685
5686Semantics:
5687""""""""""
5688
5689The '``icmp``' compares ``op1`` and ``op2`` according to the condition
5690code given as ``cond``. The comparison performed always yields either an
5691:ref:`i1 <t_integer>` or vector of ``i1`` result, as follows:
5692
5693#. ``eq``: yields ``true`` if the operands are equal, ``false``
5694 otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.
5695#. ``ne``: yields ``true`` if the operands are unequal, ``false``
5696 otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.
5697#. ``ugt``: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
5698 ``true`` if ``op1`` is greater than ``op2``.
5699#. ``uge``: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
5700 ``true`` if ``op1`` is greater than or equal to ``op2``.
5701#. ``ult``: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
5702 ``true`` if ``op1`` is less than ``op2``.
5703#. ``ule``: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
5704 ``true`` if ``op1`` is less than or equal to ``op2``.
5705#. ``sgt``: interprets the operands as signed values and yields ``true``
5706 if ``op1`` is greater than ``op2``.
5707#. ``sge``: interprets the operands as signed values and yields ``true``
5708 if ``op1`` is greater than or equal to ``op2``.
5709#. ``slt``: interprets the operands as signed values and yields ``true``
5710 if ``op1`` is less than ``op2``.
5711#. ``sle``: interprets the operands as signed values and yields ``true``
5712 if ``op1`` is less than or equal to ``op2``.
5713
5714If the operands are :ref:`pointer <t_pointer>` typed, the pointer values
5715are compared as if they were integers.
5716
5717If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
5718element. The result is an ``i1`` vector with the same number of elements
5719as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an ``i1``.
5720
5721Example:
5722""""""""
5723
5724.. code-block:: llvm
5725
5726 <result> = icmp eq i32 4, 5 ; yields: result=false
5727 <result> = icmp ne float* %X, %X ; yields: result=false
5728 <result> = icmp ult i16 4, 5 ; yields: result=true
5729 <result> = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 ; yields: result=false
5730 <result> = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 ; yields: result=false
5731 <result> = icmp sge i16 4, 5 ; yields: result=false
5732
5733Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with the
5734``icmp`` instruction.
5735
5736.. _i_fcmp:
5737
5738'``fcmp``' Instruction
5739^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5740
5741Syntax:
5742"""""""
5743
5744::
5745
5746 <result> = fcmp <cond> <ty> <op1>, <op2> ; yields {i1} or {<N x i1>}:result
5747
5748Overview:
5749"""""""""
5750
5751The '``fcmp``' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
5752values based on comparison of its operands.
5753
5754If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a
5755boolean (:ref:`i1 <t_integer>`).
5756
5757If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a
5758vector of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
5759compared.
5760
5761Arguments:
5762""""""""""
5763
5764The '``fcmp``' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
5765the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is
5766not a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:
5767
5768#. ``false``: no comparison, always returns false
5769#. ``oeq``: ordered and equal
5770#. ``ogt``: ordered and greater than
5771#. ``oge``: ordered and greater than or equal
5772#. ``olt``: ordered and less than
5773#. ``ole``: ordered and less than or equal
5774#. ``one``: ordered and not equal
5775#. ``ord``: ordered (no nans)
5776#. ``ueq``: unordered or equal
5777#. ``ugt``: unordered or greater than
5778#. ``uge``: unordered or greater than or equal
5779#. ``ult``: unordered or less than
5780#. ``ule``: unordered or less than or equal
5781#. ``une``: unordered or not equal
5782#. ``uno``: unordered (either nans)
5783#. ``true``: no comparison, always returns true
5784
5785*Ordered* means that neither operand is a QNAN while *unordered* means
5786that either operand may be a QNAN.
5787
5788Each of ``val1`` and ``val2`` arguments must be either a :ref:`floating
5789point <t_floating>` type or a :ref:`vector <t_vector>` of floating point
5790type. They must have identical types.
5791
5792Semantics:
5793""""""""""
5794
5795The '``fcmp``' instruction compares ``op1`` and ``op2`` according to the
5796condition code given as ``cond``. If the operands are vectors, then the
5797vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison performed
5798always yields an :ref:`i1 <t_integer>` result, as follows:
5799
5800#. ``false``: always yields ``false``, regardless of operands.
5801#. ``oeq``: yields ``true`` if both operands are not a QNAN and ``op1``
5802 is equal to ``op2``.
5803#. ``ogt``: yields ``true`` if both operands are not a QNAN and ``op1``
5804 is greater than ``op2``.
5805#. ``oge``: yields ``true`` if both operands are not a QNAN and ``op1``
5806 is greater than or equal to ``op2``.
5807#. ``olt``: yields ``true`` if both operands are not a QNAN and ``op1``
5808 is less than ``op2``.
5809#. ``ole``: yields ``true`` if both operands are not a QNAN and ``op1``
5810 is less than or equal to ``op2``.
5811#. ``one``: yields ``true`` if both operands are not a QNAN and ``op1``
5812 is not equal to ``op2``.
5813#. ``ord``: yields ``true`` if both operands are not a QNAN.
5814#. ``ueq``: yields ``true`` if either operand is a QNAN or ``op1`` is
5815 equal to ``op2``.
5816#. ``ugt``: yields ``true`` if either operand is a QNAN or ``op1`` is
5817 greater than ``op2``.
5818#. ``uge``: yields ``true`` if either operand is a QNAN or ``op1`` is
5819 greater than or equal to ``op2``.
5820#. ``ult``: yields ``true`` if either operand is a QNAN or ``op1`` is
5821 less than ``op2``.
5822#. ``ule``: yields ``true`` if either operand is a QNAN or ``op1`` is
5823 less than or equal to ``op2``.
5824#. ``une``: yields ``true`` if either operand is a QNAN or ``op1`` is
5825 not equal to ``op2``.
5826#. ``uno``: yields ``true`` if either operand is a QNAN.
5827#. ``true``: always yields ``true``, regardless of operands.
5828
5829Example:
5830""""""""
5831
5832.. code-block:: llvm
5833
5834 <result> = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 ; yields: result=false
5835 <result> = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 ; yields: result=true
5836 <result> = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 ; yields: result=true
5837 <result> = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 ; yields: result=false
5838
5839Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with the
5840``fcmp`` instruction.
5841
5842.. _i_phi:
5843
5844'``phi``' Instruction
5845^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5846
5847Syntax:
5848"""""""
5849
5850::
5851
5852 <result> = phi <ty> [ <val0>, <label0>], ...
5853
5854Overview:
5855"""""""""
5856
5857The '``phi``' instruction is used to implement the φ node in the SSA
5858graph representing the function.
5859
5860Arguments:
5861""""""""""
5862
5863The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field.
5864After this, the '``phi``' instruction takes a list of pairs as
5865arguments, with one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current
5866block. Only values of :ref:`first class <t_firstclass>` type may be used as
5867the value arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the
5868label arguments.
5869
5870There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block
5871and the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
5872block.
5873
5874For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is
5875deemed to occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to
5876the current block (but after any definition of an '``invoke``'
5877instruction's return value on the same edge).
5878
5879Semantics:
5880""""""""""
5881
5882At runtime, the '``phi``' instruction logically takes on the value
5883specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
5884executed just prior to the current block.
5885
5886Example:
5887""""""""
5888
5889.. code-block:: llvm
5890
5891 Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
5892 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
5893 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
5894 br label %Loop
5895
5896.. _i_select:
5897
5898'``select``' Instruction
5899^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5900
5901Syntax:
5902"""""""
5903
5904::
5905
5906 <result> = select selty <cond>, <ty> <val1>, <ty> <val2> ; yields ty
5907
5908 selty is either i1 or {<N x i1>}
5909
5910Overview:
5911"""""""""
5912
5913The '``select``' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
5914condition, without branching.
5915
5916Arguments:
5917""""""""""
5918
5919The '``select``' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
5920values indicating the condition, and two values of the same :ref:`first
5921class <t_firstclass>` type. If the val1/val2 are vectors and the
5922condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not individual
5923elements.
5924
5925Semantics:
5926""""""""""
5927
5928If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns
5929the first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value
5930argument.
5931
5932If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be
5933vectors of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.
5934
5935Example:
5936""""""""
5937
5938.. code-block:: llvm
5939
5940 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 ; yields i8:17
5941
5942.. _i_call:
5943
5944'``call``' Instruction
5945^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
5946
5947Syntax:
5948"""""""
5949
5950::
5951
5952 <result> = [tail] call [cconv] [ret attrs] <ty> [<fnty>*] <fnptrval>(<function args>) [fn attrs]
5953
5954Overview:
5955"""""""""
5956
5957The '``call``' instruction represents a simple function call.
5958
5959Arguments:
5960""""""""""
5961
5962This instruction requires several arguments:
5963
5964#. The optional "tail" marker indicates that the callee function does
5965 not access any allocas or varargs in the caller. Note that calls may
5966 be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before a
5967 :ref:`ret <i_ret>` instruction. If the "tail" marker is present, the
5968 function call is eligible for tail call optimization, but `might not
5969 in fact be optimized into a jump <CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt>`_.
5970 The code generator may optimize calls marked "tail" with either 1)
5971 automatic `sibling call
5972 optimization <CodeGenerator.html#sibcallopt>`_ when the caller and
5973 callee have matching signatures, or 2) forced tail call optimization
5974 when the following extra requirements are met:
5975
5976 - Caller and callee both have the calling convention ``fastcc``.
5977 - The call is in tail position (ret immediately follows call and ret
5978 uses value of call or is void).
5979 - Option ``-tailcallopt`` is enabled, or
5980 ``llvm::GuaranteedTailCallOpt`` is ``true``.
5981 - `Platform specific constraints are
5982 met. <CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt>`_
5983
5984#. The optional "cconv" marker indicates which :ref:`calling
5985 convention <callingconv>` the call should use. If none is
5986 specified, the call defaults to using C calling conventions. The
5987 calling convention of the call must match the calling convention of
5988 the target function, or else the behavior is undefined.
5989#. The optional :ref:`Parameter Attributes <paramattrs>` list for return
5990 values. Only '``zeroext``', '``signext``', and '``inreg``' attributes
5991 are valid here.
5992#. '``ty``': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
5993 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
5994 ``void``.
5995#. '``fnty``': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
5996 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by
5997 this signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not
5998 varargs and if the function type does not return a pointer to a
5999 function.
6000#. '``fnptrval``': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
6001 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
6002 indirect ``call``'s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
6003 to function value.
6004#. '``function args``': argument list whose types match the function
6005 signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must
6006 be of :ref:`first class <t_firstclass>` type. If the function signature
6007 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the
6008 extra arguments can be specified.
6009#. The optional :ref:`function attributes <fnattrs>` list. Only
6010 '``noreturn``', '``nounwind``', '``readonly``' and '``readnone``'
6011 attributes are valid here.
6012
6013Semantics:
6014""""""""""
6015
6016The '``call``' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
6017a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
6018values. Upon a '``ret``' instruction in the called function, control
6019flow continues with the instruction after the function call, and the
6020return value of the function is bound to the result argument.
6021
6022Example:
6023""""""""
6024
6025.. code-block:: llvm
6026
6027 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
6028 call i32 (i8*, ...)* @printf(i8* %msg, i32 12, i8 42) ; yields i32
6029 %X = tail call i32 @foo() ; yields i32
6030 %Y = tail call fastcc i32 @foo() ; yields i32
6031 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
6032
6033 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
6034 %r = call %struct.A @foo() ; yields { 32, i8 }
6035 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 ; yields i32
6036 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 ; yields i8
6037 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn ; indicates that %foo never returns normally
6038 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() ; Return value is %zero extended
6039
6040llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match
6041the standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may
6042perform optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption.
6043This is something we'd like to change in the future to provide better
6044support for freestanding environments and non-C-based languages.
6045
6046.. _i_va_arg:
6047
6048'``va_arg``' Instruction
6049^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6050
6051Syntax:
6052"""""""
6053
6054::
6055
6056 <resultval> = va_arg <va_list*> <arglist>, <argty>
6057
6058Overview:
6059"""""""""
6060
6061The '``va_arg``' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
6062the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement
6063the ``va_arg`` macro in C.
6064
6065Arguments:
6066""""""""""
6067
6068This instruction takes a ``va_list*`` value and the type of the
6069argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and
6070increments the ``va_list`` to point to the next argument. The actual
6071type of ``va_list`` is target specific.
6072
6073Semantics:
6074""""""""""
6075
6076The '``va_arg``' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
6077from the specified ``va_list`` and causes the ``va_list`` to point to
6078the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
6079handling :ref:`Intrinsic Functions <int_varargs>`.
6080
6081It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does
6082not take a variable number of arguments, for example, the ``vfprintf``
6083function.
6084
6085``va_arg`` is an LLVM instruction instead of an :ref:`intrinsic
6086function <intrinsics>` because it takes a type as an argument.
6087
6088Example:
6089""""""""
6090
6091See the :ref:`variable argument processing <int_varargs>` section.
6092
6093Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va\_arg on many
6094targets. Also, it does not currently support va\_arg with aggregate
6095types on any target.
6096
6097.. _i_landingpad:
6098
6099'``landingpad``' Instruction
6100^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6101
6102Syntax:
6103"""""""
6104
6105::
6106
6107 <resultval> = landingpad <resultty> personality <type> <pers_fn> <clause>+
6108 <resultval> = landingpad <resultty> personality <type> <pers_fn> cleanup <clause>*
6109
6110 <clause> := catch <type> <value>
6111 <clause> := filter <array constant type> <array constant>
6112
6113Overview:
6114"""""""""
6115
6116The '``landingpad``' instruction is used by `LLVM's exception handling
6117system <ExceptionHandling.html#overview>`_ to specify that a basic block
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00006118is a landing pad --- one where the exception lands, and corresponds to the
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00006119code found in the ``catch`` portion of a ``try``/``catch`` sequence. It
6120defines values supplied by the personality function (``pers_fn``) upon
6121re-entry to the function. The ``resultval`` has the type ``resultty``.
6122
6123Arguments:
6124""""""""""
6125
6126This instruction takes a ``pers_fn`` value. This is the personality
6127function associated with the unwinding mechanism. The optional
6128``cleanup`` flag indicates that the landing pad block is a cleanup.
6129
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00006130A ``clause`` begins with the clause type --- ``catch`` or ``filter`` --- and
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00006131contains the global variable representing the "type" that may be caught
6132or filtered respectively. Unlike the ``catch`` clause, the ``filter``
6133clause takes an array constant as its argument. Use
6134"``[0 x i8**] undef``" for a filter which cannot throw. The
6135'``landingpad``' instruction must contain *at least* one ``clause`` or
6136the ``cleanup`` flag.
6137
6138Semantics:
6139""""""""""
6140
6141The '``landingpad``' instruction defines the values which are set by the
6142personality function (``pers_fn``) upon re-entry to the function, and
6143therefore the "result type" of the ``landingpad`` instruction. As with
6144calling conventions, how the personality function results are
6145represented in LLVM IR is target specific.
6146
6147The clauses are applied in order from top to bottom. If two
6148``landingpad`` instructions are merged together through inlining, the
6149clauses from the calling function are appended to the list of clauses.
6150When the call stack is being unwound due to an exception being thrown,
6151the exception is compared against each ``clause`` in turn. If it doesn't
6152match any of the clauses, and the ``cleanup`` flag is not set, then
6153unwinding continues further up the call stack.
6154
6155The ``landingpad`` instruction has several restrictions:
6156
6157- A landing pad block is a basic block which is the unwind destination
6158 of an '``invoke``' instruction.
6159- A landing pad block must have a '``landingpad``' instruction as its
6160 first non-PHI instruction.
6161- There can be only one '``landingpad``' instruction within the landing
6162 pad block.
6163- A basic block that is not a landing pad block may not include a
6164 '``landingpad``' instruction.
6165- All '``landingpad``' instructions in a function must have the same
6166 personality function.
6167
6168Example:
6169""""""""
6170
6171.. code-block:: llvm
6172
6173 ;; A landing pad which can catch an integer.
6174 %res = landingpad { i8*, i32 } personality i32 (...)* @__gxx_personality_v0
6175 catch i8** @_ZTIi
6176 ;; A landing pad that is a cleanup.
6177 %res = landingpad { i8*, i32 } personality i32 (...)* @__gxx_personality_v0
6178 cleanup
6179 ;; A landing pad which can catch an integer and can only throw a double.
6180 %res = landingpad { i8*, i32 } personality i32 (...)* @__gxx_personality_v0
6181 catch i8** @_ZTIi
6182 filter [1 x i8**] [@_ZTId]
6183
6184.. _intrinsics:
6185
6186Intrinsic Functions
6187===================
6188
6189LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions
6190have well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
6191restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism
6192for the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the
6193transformations in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode
6194reader/writer, the parser, etc...).
6195
6196Intrinsic function names must all start with an "``llvm.``" prefix. This
6197prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may
6198not begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
6199functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
6200functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal
6201to take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because
6202intrinsic functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any
6203are added that they be documented here.
6204
6205Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic
6206represents a family of functions that perform the same operation but on
6207different data types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million
6208different integer types, overloading is used commonly to allow an
6209intrinsic function to operate on any integer type. One or more of the
6210argument types or the result type can be overloaded to accept any
6211integer type. Argument types may also be defined as exactly matching a
6212previous argument's type or the result type. This allows an intrinsic
6213function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them to be
6214of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
6215argument or the result.
6216
6217Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument
6218types encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only
6219those types which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments
6220whose type is matched against another type do not. For example, the
6221``llvm.ctpop`` function can take an integer of any width and returns an
6222integer of exactly the same integer width. This leads to a family of
6223functions such as ``i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)`` and
6224``i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29 %val)``. Only one type, the return type, is
6225overloaded, and only one type suffix is required. Because the argument's
6226type is matched against the return type, it does not require its own
6227name suffix.
6228
6229To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the `Extending
6230LLVM Guide <ExtendingLLVM.html>`_.
6231
6232.. _int_varargs:
6233
6234Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics
6235-------------------------------------
6236
6237Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with the
6238:ref:`va_arg <i_va_arg>` instruction and these three intrinsic
6239functions. These functions are related to the similarly named macros
6240defined in the ``<stdarg.h>`` header file.
6241
6242All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific
6243value type "``va_list``". The LLVM assembly language reference manual
6244does not define what this type is, so all transformations should be
6245prepared to handle these functions regardless of the type used.
6246
6247This example shows how the :ref:`va_arg <i_va_arg>` instruction and the
6248variable argument handling intrinsic functions are used.
6249
6250.. code-block:: llvm
6251
6252 define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
6253 ; Initialize variable argument processing
6254 %ap = alloca i8*
6255 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
6256 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
6257
6258 ; Read a single integer argument
6259 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
6260
6261 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
6262 %aq = alloca i8*
6263 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
6264 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
6265 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
6266
6267 ; Stop processing of arguments.
6268 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
6269 ret i32 %tmp
6270 }
6271
6272 declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
6273 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
6274 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
6275
6276.. _int_va_start:
6277
6278'``llvm.va_start``' Intrinsic
6279^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6280
6281Syntax:
6282"""""""
6283
6284::
6285
6286 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* <arglist>)
6287
6288Overview:
6289"""""""""
6290
6291The '``llvm.va_start``' intrinsic initializes ``*<arglist>`` for
6292subsequent use by ``va_arg``.
6293
6294Arguments:
6295""""""""""
6296
6297The argument is a pointer to a ``va_list`` element to initialize.
6298
6299Semantics:
6300""""""""""
6301
6302The '``llvm.va_start``' intrinsic works just like the ``va_start`` macro
6303available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes the
6304``va_list`` element to which the argument points, so that the next call
6305to ``va_arg`` will produce the first variable argument passed to the
6306function. Unlike the C ``va_start`` macro, this intrinsic does not need
6307to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
6308that out.
6309
6310'``llvm.va_end``' Intrinsic
6311^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6312
6313Syntax:
6314"""""""
6315
6316::
6317
6318 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* <arglist>)
6319
6320Overview:
6321"""""""""
6322
6323The '``llvm.va_end``' intrinsic destroys ``*<arglist>``, which has been
6324initialized previously with ``llvm.va_start`` or ``llvm.va_copy``.
6325
6326Arguments:
6327""""""""""
6328
6329The argument is a pointer to a ``va_list`` to destroy.
6330
6331Semantics:
6332""""""""""
6333
6334The '``llvm.va_end``' intrinsic works just like the ``va_end`` macro
6335available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys the ``va_list``
6336element to which the argument points. Calls to
6337:ref:`llvm.va_start <int_va_start>` and
6338:ref:`llvm.va_copy <int_va_copy>` must be matched exactly with calls to
6339``llvm.va_end``.
6340
6341.. _int_va_copy:
6342
6343'``llvm.va_copy``' Intrinsic
6344^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6345
6346Syntax:
6347"""""""
6348
6349::
6350
6351 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* <destarglist>, i8* <srcarglist>)
6352
6353Overview:
6354"""""""""
6355
6356The '``llvm.va_copy``' intrinsic copies the current argument position
6357from the source argument list to the destination argument list.
6358
6359Arguments:
6360""""""""""
6361
6362The first argument is a pointer to a ``va_list`` element to initialize.
6363The second argument is a pointer to a ``va_list`` element to copy from.
6364
6365Semantics:
6366""""""""""
6367
6368The '``llvm.va_copy``' intrinsic works just like the ``va_copy`` macro
6369available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the source
6370``va_list`` element into the destination ``va_list`` element. This
6371intrinsic is necessary because the `` llvm.va_start`` intrinsic may be
6372arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.
6373
6374Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics
6375--------------------------------------
6376
6377LLVM support for `Accurate Garbage Collection <GarbageCollection.html>`_
6378(GC) requires the implementation and generation of these intrinsics.
6379These intrinsics allow identification of :ref:`GC roots on the
6380stack <int_gcroot>`, as well as garbage collector implementations that
6381require :ref:`read <int_gcread>` and :ref:`write <int_gcwrite>` barriers.
6382Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
6383these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more
6384details, see `Accurate Garbage Collection with
6385LLVM <GarbageCollection.html>`_.
6386
6387The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
6388address space (address space zero).
6389
6390.. _int_gcroot:
6391
6392'``llvm.gcroot``' Intrinsic
6393^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6394
6395Syntax:
6396"""""""
6397
6398::
6399
6400 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
6401
6402Overview:
6403"""""""""
6404
6405The '``llvm.gcroot``' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
6406the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.
6407
6408Arguments:
6409""""""""""
6410
6411The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains
6412the root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or
6413a global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
6414root.
6415
6416Semantics:
6417""""""""""
6418
6419At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the
6420"ptrloc" location. At compile-time, the code generator generates
6421information to allow the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points.
6422The '``llvm.gcroot``' intrinsic may only be used in a function which
6423:ref:`specifies a GC algorithm <gc>`.
6424
6425.. _int_gcread:
6426
6427'``llvm.gcread``' Intrinsic
6428^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6429
6430Syntax:
6431"""""""
6432
6433::
6434
6435 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
6436
6437Overview:
6438"""""""""
6439
6440The '``llvm.gcread``' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
6441locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
6442barriers.
6443
6444Arguments:
6445""""""""""
6446
6447The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an
6448address allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a
6449pointer to the start of the referenced object, if needed by the language
6450runtime (otherwise null).
6451
6452Semantics:
6453""""""""""
6454
6455The '``llvm.gcread``' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
6456instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by
6457the garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '``llvm.gcread``'
6458intrinsic may only be used in a function which :ref:`specifies a GC
6459algorithm <gc>`.
6460
6461.. _int_gcwrite:
6462
6463'``llvm.gcwrite``' Intrinsic
6464^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6465
6466Syntax:
6467"""""""
6468
6469::
6470
6471 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
6472
6473Overview:
6474"""""""""
6475
6476The '``llvm.gcwrite``' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
6477locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
6478barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).
6479
6480Arguments:
6481""""""""""
6482
6483The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of
6484the object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of
6485Obj to store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the
6486object, Obj may be null.
6487
6488Semantics:
6489""""""""""
6490
6491The '``llvm.gcwrite``' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
6492instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by
6493the garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '``llvm.gcwrite``'
6494intrinsic may only be used in a function which :ref:`specifies a GC
6495algorithm <gc>`.
6496
6497Code Generator Intrinsics
6498-------------------------
6499
6500These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that
6501may only be implemented with code generator support.
6502
6503'``llvm.returnaddress``' Intrinsic
6504^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6505
6506Syntax:
6507"""""""
6508
6509::
6510
6511 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 <level>)
6512
6513Overview:
6514"""""""""
6515
6516The '``llvm.returnaddress``' intrinsic attempts to compute a
6517target-specific value indicating the return address of the current
6518function or one of its callers.
6519
6520Arguments:
6521""""""""""
6522
6523The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the
6524address for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its
6525caller, etc. The argument is **required** to be a constant integer
6526value.
6527
6528Semantics:
6529""""""""""
6530
6531The '``llvm.returnaddress``' intrinsic either returns a pointer
6532indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
6533cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to
6534be incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be
6535used for debugging purposes.
6536
6537Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or
6538other aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that
6539of the obvious source-language caller.
6540
6541'``llvm.frameaddress``' Intrinsic
6542^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6543
6544Syntax:
6545"""""""
6546
6547::
6548
6549 declare i8* @llvm.frameaddress(i32 <level>)
6550
6551Overview:
6552"""""""""
6553
6554The '``llvm.frameaddress``' intrinsic attempts to return the
6555target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.
6556
6557Arguments:
6558""""""""""
6559
6560The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the
6561frame pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates
6562its caller, etc. The argument is **required** to be a constant integer
6563value.
6564
6565Semantics:
6566""""""""""
6567
6568The '``llvm.frameaddress``' intrinsic either returns a pointer
6569indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
6570cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to
6571be incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be
6572used for debugging purposes.
6573
6574Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or
6575other aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that
6576of the obvious source-language caller.
6577
6578.. _int_stacksave:
6579
6580'``llvm.stacksave``' Intrinsic
6581^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6582
6583Syntax:
6584"""""""
6585
6586::
6587
6588 declare i8* @llvm.stacksave()
6589
6590Overview:
6591"""""""""
6592
6593The '``llvm.stacksave``' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
6594of the function stack, for use with
6595:ref:`llvm.stackrestore <int_stackrestore>`. This is useful for
6596implementing language features like scoped automatic variable sized
6597arrays in C99.
6598
6599Semantics:
6600""""""""""
6601
6602This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed to
6603:ref:`llvm.stackrestore <int_stackrestore>`. When an
6604``llvm.stackrestore`` intrinsic is executed with a value saved from
6605``llvm.stacksave``, it effectively restores the state of the stack to
6606the state it was in when the ``llvm.stacksave`` intrinsic executed. In
6607practice, this pops any :ref:`alloca <i_alloca>` blocks from the stack that
6608were allocated after the ``llvm.stacksave`` was executed.
6609
6610.. _int_stackrestore:
6611
6612'``llvm.stackrestore``' Intrinsic
6613^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6614
6615Syntax:
6616"""""""
6617
6618::
6619
6620 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8* %ptr)
6621
6622Overview:
6623"""""""""
6624
6625The '``llvm.stackrestore``' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
6626the function stack to the state it was in when the corresponding
6627:ref:`llvm.stacksave <int_stacksave>` intrinsic executed. This is
6628useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
6629sized arrays in C99.
6630
6631Semantics:
6632""""""""""
6633
6634See the description for :ref:`llvm.stacksave <int_stacksave>`.
6635
6636'``llvm.prefetch``' Intrinsic
6637^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6638
6639Syntax:
6640"""""""
6641
6642::
6643
6644 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* <address>, i32 <rw>, i32 <locality>, i32 <cache type>)
6645
6646Overview:
6647"""""""""
6648
6649The '``llvm.prefetch``' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
6650insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
6651Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change
6652its performance characteristics.
6653
6654Arguments:
6655""""""""""
6656
6657``address`` is the address to be prefetched, ``rw`` is the specifier
6658determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1), and
6659``locality`` is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
6660locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The ``cache type``
6661specifies whether the prefetch is performed on the data (1) or
6662instruction (0) cache. The ``rw``, ``locality`` and ``cache type``
6663arguments must be constant integers.
6664
6665Semantics:
6666""""""""""
6667
6668This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In
6669particular, prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On
6670targets that support this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to
6671the processor cache for better performance.
6672
6673'``llvm.pcmarker``' Intrinsic
6674^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6675
6676Syntax:
6677"""""""
6678
6679::
6680
6681 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 <id>)
6682
6683Overview:
6684"""""""""
6685
6686The '``llvm.pcmarker``' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
6687Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The
6688method is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use
6689exported symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no
6690guarantees that it will remain with any specific instruction after
6691optimizations. It is possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit
6692optimizations. The intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to
6693allow correlations of simulation runs.
6694
6695Arguments:
6696""""""""""
6697
6698``id`` is a numerical id identifying the marker.
6699
6700Semantics:
6701""""""""""
6702
6703This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends
6704that do not support this intrinsic may ignore it.
6705
6706'``llvm.readcyclecounter``' Intrinsic
6707^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6708
6709Syntax:
6710"""""""
6711
6712::
6713
6714 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter()
6715
6716Overview:
6717"""""""""
6718
6719The '``llvm.readcyclecounter``' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
6720counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
6721targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
6722should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the
6723order of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small
6724timings.
6725
6726Semantics:
6727""""""""""
6728
6729When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
6730memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application
6731specific value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this
6732is lowered to a constant 0.
6733
Tim Northover5a02fc42013-05-23 19:11:20 +00006734Note that runtime support may be conditional on the privilege-level code is
6735running at and the host platform.
6736
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00006737Standard C Library Intrinsics
6738-----------------------------
6739
6740LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library
6741functions. These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass
6742information about the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code
6743generator, providing opportunity for more efficient code generation.
6744
6745.. _int_memcpy:
6746
6747'``llvm.memcpy``' Intrinsic
6748^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6749
6750Syntax:
6751"""""""
6752
6753This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.memcpy`` on any
6754integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6755support all bit widths however.
6756
6757::
6758
6759 declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8* <dest>, i8* <src>,
6760 i32 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
6761 declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8* <dest>, i8* <src>,
6762 i64 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
6763
6764Overview:
6765"""""""""
6766
6767The '``llvm.memcpy.*``' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6768source location to the destination location.
6769
6770Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the ``llvm.memcpy.*``
6771intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile
6772arguments and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.
6773
6774Arguments:
6775""""""""""
6776
6777The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a
6778pointer to the source. The third argument is an integer argument
6779specifying the number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the
6780alignment of the source and destination locations, and the fifth is a
6781boolean indicating a volatile access.
6782
6783If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
6784then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers
6785are aligned to that boundary.
6786
6787If the ``isvolatile`` parameter is ``true``, the ``llvm.memcpy`` call is
6788a :ref:`volatile operation <volatile>`. The detailed access behavior is not
6789very cleanly specified and it is unwise to depend on it.
6790
6791Semantics:
6792""""""""""
6793
6794The '``llvm.memcpy.*``' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6795source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
6796overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known
6797to be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth
6798argument, otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.
6799
6800'``llvm.memmove``' Intrinsic
6801^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6802
6803Syntax:
6804"""""""
6805
6806This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer
6807bit width and for different address space. Not all targets support all
6808bit widths however.
6809
6810::
6811
6812 declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8* <dest>, i8* <src>,
6813 i32 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
6814 declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8* <dest>, i8* <src>,
6815 i64 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
6816
6817Overview:
6818"""""""""
6819
6820The '``llvm.memmove.*``' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
6821source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
6822'``llvm.memcpy``' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
6823overlap.
6824
6825Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the ``llvm.memmove.*``
6826intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile
6827arguments and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.
6828
6829Arguments:
6830""""""""""
6831
6832The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a
6833pointer to the source. The third argument is an integer argument
6834specifying the number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the
6835alignment of the source and destination locations, and the fifth is a
6836boolean indicating a volatile access.
6837
6838If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
6839then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
6840aligned to that boundary.
6841
6842If the ``isvolatile`` parameter is ``true``, the ``llvm.memmove`` call
6843is a :ref:`volatile operation <volatile>`. The detailed access behavior is
6844not very cleanly specified and it is unwise to depend on it.
6845
6846Semantics:
6847""""""""""
6848
6849The '``llvm.memmove.*``' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6850source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It
6851copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be
6852aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
6853otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.
6854
6855'``llvm.memset.*``' Intrinsics
6856^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6857
6858Syntax:
6859"""""""
6860
6861This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer
6862bit width and for different address spaces. However, not all targets
6863support all bit widths.
6864
6865::
6866
6867 declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i32(i8* <dest>, i8 <val>,
6868 i32 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
6869 declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i64(i8* <dest>, i8 <val>,
6870 i64 <len>, i32 <align>, i1 <isvolatile>)
6871
6872Overview:
6873"""""""""
6874
6875The '``llvm.memset.*``' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
6876particular byte value.
6877
6878Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the ``llvm.memset``
6879intrinsic does not return a value and takes extra alignment/volatile
6880arguments. Also, the destination can be in an arbitrary address space.
6881
6882Arguments:
6883""""""""""
6884
6885The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second
6886is the byte value with which to fill it, the third argument is an
6887integer argument specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth
6888argument is the known alignment of the destination location.
6889
6890If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
6891then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to
6892that boundary.
6893
6894If the ``isvolatile`` parameter is ``true``, the ``llvm.memset`` call is
6895a :ref:`volatile operation <volatile>`. The detailed access behavior is not
6896very cleanly specified and it is unwise to depend on it.
6897
6898Semantics:
6899""""""""""
6900
6901The '``llvm.memset.*``' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
6902at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to
6903some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise
6904it should be set to 0 or 1.
6905
6906'``llvm.sqrt.*``' Intrinsic
6907^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6908
6909Syntax:
6910"""""""
6911
6912This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.sqrt`` on any
6913floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
6914all types however.
6915
6916::
6917
6918 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
6919 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
6920 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6921 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
6922 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
6923
6924Overview:
6925"""""""""
6926
6927The '``llvm.sqrt``' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
6928returning the same value as the libm '``sqrt``' functions would. Unlike
6929``sqrt`` in libm, however, ``llvm.sqrt`` has undefined behavior for
6930negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better optimization,
6931because there is no need to worry about errno being set).
6932``llvm.sqrt(-0.0)`` is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.
6933
6934Arguments:
6935""""""""""
6936
6937The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6938type.
6939
6940Semantics:
6941""""""""""
6942
6943This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
6944nonnegative floating point number.
6945
6946'``llvm.powi.*``' Intrinsic
6947^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6948
6949Syntax:
6950"""""""
6951
6952This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.powi`` on any
6953floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
6954all types however.
6955
6956::
6957
6958 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
6959 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
6960 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
6961 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
6962 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
6963
6964Overview:
6965"""""""""
6966
6967The '``llvm.powi.*``' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
6968specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
6969multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
6970used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.
6971
6972Arguments:
6973""""""""""
6974
6975The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to
6976raise to that power.
6977
6978Semantics:
6979""""""""""
6980
6981This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
6982unspecified sequence of rounding operations.
6983
6984'``llvm.sin.*``' Intrinsic
6985^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
6986
6987Syntax:
6988"""""""
6989
6990This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.sin`` on any
6991floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
6992all types however.
6993
6994::
6995
6996 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
6997 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
6998 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6999 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
7000 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7001
7002Overview:
7003"""""""""
7004
7005The '``llvm.sin.*``' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.
7006
7007Arguments:
7008""""""""""
7009
7010The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7011type.
7012
7013Semantics:
7014""""""""""
7015
7016This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the
7017same values as the libm ``sin`` functions would, and handles error
7018conditions in the same way.
7019
7020'``llvm.cos.*``' Intrinsic
7021^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7022
7023Syntax:
7024"""""""
7025
7026This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.cos`` on any
7027floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7028all types however.
7029
7030::
7031
7032 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
7033 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
7034 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7035 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
7036 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7037
7038Overview:
7039"""""""""
7040
7041The '``llvm.cos.*``' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.
7042
7043Arguments:
7044""""""""""
7045
7046The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7047type.
7048
7049Semantics:
7050""""""""""
7051
7052This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the
7053same values as the libm ``cos`` functions would, and handles error
7054conditions in the same way.
7055
7056'``llvm.pow.*``' Intrinsic
7057^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7058
7059Syntax:
7060"""""""
7061
7062This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.pow`` on any
7063floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7064all types however.
7065
7066::
7067
7068 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
7069 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
7070 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
7071 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
7072 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
7073
7074Overview:
7075"""""""""
7076
7077The '``llvm.pow.*``' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
7078specified (positive or negative) power.
7079
7080Arguments:
7081""""""""""
7082
7083The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value
7084to raise to that power.
7085
7086Semantics:
7087""""""""""
7088
7089This function returns the first value raised to the second power,
7090returning the same values as the libm ``pow`` functions would, and
7091handles error conditions in the same way.
7092
7093'``llvm.exp.*``' Intrinsic
7094^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7095
7096Syntax:
7097"""""""
7098
7099This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.exp`` on any
7100floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7101all types however.
7102
7103::
7104
7105 declare float @llvm.exp.f32(float %Val)
7106 declare double @llvm.exp.f64(double %Val)
7107 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.exp.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7108 declare fp128 @llvm.exp.f128(fp128 %Val)
7109 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.exp.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7110
7111Overview:
7112"""""""""
7113
7114The '``llvm.exp.*``' intrinsics perform the exp function.
7115
7116Arguments:
7117""""""""""
7118
7119The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7120type.
7121
7122Semantics:
7123""""""""""
7124
7125This function returns the same values as the libm ``exp`` functions
7126would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7127
7128'``llvm.exp2.*``' Intrinsic
7129^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7130
7131Syntax:
7132"""""""
7133
7134This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.exp2`` on any
7135floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7136all types however.
7137
7138::
7139
7140 declare float @llvm.exp2.f32(float %Val)
7141 declare double @llvm.exp2.f64(double %Val)
7142 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.exp2.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7143 declare fp128 @llvm.exp2.f128(fp128 %Val)
7144 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.exp2.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7145
7146Overview:
7147"""""""""
7148
7149The '``llvm.exp2.*``' intrinsics perform the exp2 function.
7150
7151Arguments:
7152""""""""""
7153
7154The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7155type.
7156
7157Semantics:
7158""""""""""
7159
7160This function returns the same values as the libm ``exp2`` functions
7161would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7162
7163'``llvm.log.*``' Intrinsic
7164^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7165
7166Syntax:
7167"""""""
7168
7169This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.log`` on any
7170floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7171all types however.
7172
7173::
7174
7175 declare float @llvm.log.f32(float %Val)
7176 declare double @llvm.log.f64(double %Val)
7177 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.log.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7178 declare fp128 @llvm.log.f128(fp128 %Val)
7179 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.log.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7180
7181Overview:
7182"""""""""
7183
7184The '``llvm.log.*``' intrinsics perform the log function.
7185
7186Arguments:
7187""""""""""
7188
7189The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7190type.
7191
7192Semantics:
7193""""""""""
7194
7195This function returns the same values as the libm ``log`` functions
7196would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7197
7198'``llvm.log10.*``' Intrinsic
7199^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7200
7201Syntax:
7202"""""""
7203
7204This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.log10`` on any
7205floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7206all types however.
7207
7208::
7209
7210 declare float @llvm.log10.f32(float %Val)
7211 declare double @llvm.log10.f64(double %Val)
7212 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.log10.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7213 declare fp128 @llvm.log10.f128(fp128 %Val)
7214 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.log10.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7215
7216Overview:
7217"""""""""
7218
7219The '``llvm.log10.*``' intrinsics perform the log10 function.
7220
7221Arguments:
7222""""""""""
7223
7224The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7225type.
7226
7227Semantics:
7228""""""""""
7229
7230This function returns the same values as the libm ``log10`` functions
7231would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7232
7233'``llvm.log2.*``' Intrinsic
7234^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7235
7236Syntax:
7237"""""""
7238
7239This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.log2`` on any
7240floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7241all types however.
7242
7243::
7244
7245 declare float @llvm.log2.f32(float %Val)
7246 declare double @llvm.log2.f64(double %Val)
7247 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.log2.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7248 declare fp128 @llvm.log2.f128(fp128 %Val)
7249 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.log2.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7250
7251Overview:
7252"""""""""
7253
7254The '``llvm.log2.*``' intrinsics perform the log2 function.
7255
7256Arguments:
7257""""""""""
7258
7259The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7260type.
7261
7262Semantics:
7263""""""""""
7264
7265This function returns the same values as the libm ``log2`` functions
7266would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7267
7268'``llvm.fma.*``' Intrinsic
7269^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7270
7271Syntax:
7272"""""""
7273
7274This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.fma`` on any
7275floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7276all types however.
7277
7278::
7279
7280 declare float @llvm.fma.f32(float %a, float %b, float %c)
7281 declare double @llvm.fma.f64(double %a, double %b, double %c)
7282 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.fma.f80(x86_fp80 %a, x86_fp80 %b, x86_fp80 %c)
7283 declare fp128 @llvm.fma.f128(fp128 %a, fp128 %b, fp128 %c)
7284 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.fma.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %a, ppc_fp128 %b, ppc_fp128 %c)
7285
7286Overview:
7287"""""""""
7288
7289The '``llvm.fma.*``' intrinsics perform the fused multiply-add
7290operation.
7291
7292Arguments:
7293""""""""""
7294
7295The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7296type.
7297
7298Semantics:
7299""""""""""
7300
7301This function returns the same values as the libm ``fma`` functions
7302would.
7303
7304'``llvm.fabs.*``' Intrinsic
7305^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7306
7307Syntax:
7308"""""""
7309
7310This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.fabs`` on any
7311floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7312all types however.
7313
7314::
7315
7316 declare float @llvm.fabs.f32(float %Val)
7317 declare double @llvm.fabs.f64(double %Val)
7318 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.fabs.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7319 declare fp128 @llvm.fabs.f128(fp128 %Val)
7320 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.fabs.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7321
7322Overview:
7323"""""""""
7324
7325The '``llvm.fabs.*``' intrinsics return the absolute value of the
7326operand.
7327
7328Arguments:
7329""""""""""
7330
7331The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7332type.
7333
7334Semantics:
7335""""""""""
7336
7337This function returns the same values as the libm ``fabs`` functions
7338would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7339
7340'``llvm.floor.*``' Intrinsic
7341^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7342
7343Syntax:
7344"""""""
7345
7346This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.floor`` on any
7347floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7348all types however.
7349
7350::
7351
7352 declare float @llvm.floor.f32(float %Val)
7353 declare double @llvm.floor.f64(double %Val)
7354 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.floor.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7355 declare fp128 @llvm.floor.f128(fp128 %Val)
7356 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.floor.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7357
7358Overview:
7359"""""""""
7360
7361The '``llvm.floor.*``' intrinsics return the floor of the operand.
7362
7363Arguments:
7364""""""""""
7365
7366The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7367type.
7368
7369Semantics:
7370""""""""""
7371
7372This function returns the same values as the libm ``floor`` functions
7373would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7374
7375'``llvm.ceil.*``' Intrinsic
7376^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7377
7378Syntax:
7379"""""""
7380
7381This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.ceil`` on any
7382floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7383all types however.
7384
7385::
7386
7387 declare float @llvm.ceil.f32(float %Val)
7388 declare double @llvm.ceil.f64(double %Val)
7389 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.ceil.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7390 declare fp128 @llvm.ceil.f128(fp128 %Val)
7391 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.ceil.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7392
7393Overview:
7394"""""""""
7395
7396The '``llvm.ceil.*``' intrinsics return the ceiling of the operand.
7397
7398Arguments:
7399""""""""""
7400
7401The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7402type.
7403
7404Semantics:
7405""""""""""
7406
7407This function returns the same values as the libm ``ceil`` functions
7408would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7409
7410'``llvm.trunc.*``' Intrinsic
7411^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7412
7413Syntax:
7414"""""""
7415
7416This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.trunc`` on any
7417floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7418all types however.
7419
7420::
7421
7422 declare float @llvm.trunc.f32(float %Val)
7423 declare double @llvm.trunc.f64(double %Val)
7424 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.trunc.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7425 declare fp128 @llvm.trunc.f128(fp128 %Val)
7426 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.trunc.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7427
7428Overview:
7429"""""""""
7430
7431The '``llvm.trunc.*``' intrinsics returns the operand rounded to the
7432nearest integer not larger in magnitude than the operand.
7433
7434Arguments:
7435""""""""""
7436
7437The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7438type.
7439
7440Semantics:
7441""""""""""
7442
7443This function returns the same values as the libm ``trunc`` functions
7444would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7445
7446'``llvm.rint.*``' Intrinsic
7447^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7448
7449Syntax:
7450"""""""
7451
7452This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.rint`` on any
7453floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7454all types however.
7455
7456::
7457
7458 declare float @llvm.rint.f32(float %Val)
7459 declare double @llvm.rint.f64(double %Val)
7460 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.rint.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7461 declare fp128 @llvm.rint.f128(fp128 %Val)
7462 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.rint.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7463
7464Overview:
7465"""""""""
7466
7467The '``llvm.rint.*``' intrinsics returns the operand rounded to the
7468nearest integer. It may raise an inexact floating-point exception if the
7469operand isn't an integer.
7470
7471Arguments:
7472""""""""""
7473
7474The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7475type.
7476
7477Semantics:
7478""""""""""
7479
7480This function returns the same values as the libm ``rint`` functions
7481would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7482
7483'``llvm.nearbyint.*``' Intrinsic
7484^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7485
7486Syntax:
7487"""""""
7488
7489This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.nearbyint`` on any
7490floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support
7491all types however.
7492
7493::
7494
7495 declare float @llvm.nearbyint.f32(float %Val)
7496 declare double @llvm.nearbyint.f64(double %Val)
7497 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.nearbyint.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
7498 declare fp128 @llvm.nearbyint.f128(fp128 %Val)
7499 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.nearbyint.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
7500
7501Overview:
7502"""""""""
7503
7504The '``llvm.nearbyint.*``' intrinsics returns the operand rounded to the
7505nearest integer.
7506
7507Arguments:
7508""""""""""
7509
7510The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
7511type.
7512
7513Semantics:
7514""""""""""
7515
7516This function returns the same values as the libm ``nearbyint``
7517functions would, and handles error conditions in the same way.
7518
7519Bit Manipulation Intrinsics
7520---------------------------
7521
7522LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation
7523operations. These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.
7524
7525'``llvm.bswap.*``' Intrinsics
7526^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7527
7528Syntax:
7529"""""""
7530
7531This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any
7532integer type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).
7533
7534::
7535
7536 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 <id>)
7537 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 <id>)
7538 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 <id>)
7539
7540Overview:
7541"""""""""
7542
7543The '``llvm.bswap``' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
7544values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits).
7545These are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the
7546target's native byte order.
7547
7548Semantics:
7549""""""""""
7550
7551The ``llvm.bswap.i16`` intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
7552and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly, the ``llvm.bswap.i32``
7553intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four bytes of the input i32
7554swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1, 2, 3 then the
7555returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order. The
7556``llvm.bswap.i48``, ``llvm.bswap.i64`` and other intrinsics extend this
7557concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and more,
7558respectively).
7559
7560'``llvm.ctpop.*``' Intrinsic
7561^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7562
7563Syntax:
7564"""""""
7565
7566This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer
7567bit width, or on any vector with integer elements. Not all targets
7568support all bit widths or vector types, however.
7569
7570::
7571
7572 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 <src>)
7573 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 <src>)
7574 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 <src>)
7575 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 <src>)
7576 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 <src>)
7577 declare <2 x i32> @llvm.ctpop.v2i32(<2 x i32> <src>)
7578
7579Overview:
7580"""""""""
7581
7582The '``llvm.ctpop``' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
7583in a value.
7584
7585Arguments:
7586""""""""""
7587
7588The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
7589integer type, or a vector with integer elements. The return type must
7590match the argument type.
7591
7592Semantics:
7593""""""""""
7594
7595The '``llvm.ctpop``' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable, or within
7596each element of a vector.
7597
7598'``llvm.ctlz.*``' Intrinsic
7599^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7600
7601Syntax:
7602"""""""
7603
7604This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.ctlz`` on any
7605integer bit width, or any vector whose elements are integers. Not all
7606targets support all bit widths or vector types, however.
7607
7608::
7609
7610 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7611 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16 (i16 <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7612 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32 (i32 <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7613 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64 (i64 <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7614 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7615 declase <2 x i32> @llvm.ctlz.v2i32(<2 x i32> <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7616
7617Overview:
7618"""""""""
7619
7620The '``llvm.ctlz``' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
7621leading zeros in a variable.
7622
7623Arguments:
7624""""""""""
7625
7626The first argument is the value to be counted. This argument may be of
7627any integer type, or a vectory with integer element type. The return
7628type must match the first argument type.
7629
7630The second argument must be a constant and is a flag to indicate whether
7631the intrinsic should ensure that a zero as the first argument produces a
7632defined result. Historically some architectures did not provide a
7633defined result for zero values as efficiently, and many algorithms are
7634now predicated on avoiding zero-value inputs.
7635
7636Semantics:
7637""""""""""
7638
7639The '``llvm.ctlz``' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
7640zeros in a variable, or within each element of the vector. If
7641``src == 0`` then the result is the size in bits of the type of ``src``
7642if ``is_zero_undef == 0`` and ``undef`` otherwise. For example,
7643``llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30``.
7644
7645'``llvm.cttz.*``' Intrinsic
7646^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7647
7648Syntax:
7649"""""""
7650
7651This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.cttz`` on any
7652integer bit width, or any vector of integer elements. Not all targets
7653support all bit widths or vector types, however.
7654
7655::
7656
7657 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7658 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16 (i16 <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7659 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32 (i32 <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7660 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64 (i64 <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7661 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7662 declase <2 x i32> @llvm.cttz.v2i32(<2 x i32> <src>, i1 <is_zero_undef>)
7663
7664Overview:
7665"""""""""
7666
7667The '``llvm.cttz``' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
7668trailing zeros.
7669
7670Arguments:
7671""""""""""
7672
7673The first argument is the value to be counted. This argument may be of
7674any integer type, or a vectory with integer element type. The return
7675type must match the first argument type.
7676
7677The second argument must be a constant and is a flag to indicate whether
7678the intrinsic should ensure that a zero as the first argument produces a
7679defined result. Historically some architectures did not provide a
7680defined result for zero values as efficiently, and many algorithms are
7681now predicated on avoiding zero-value inputs.
7682
7683Semantics:
7684""""""""""
7685
7686The '``llvm.cttz``' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
7687zeros in a variable, or within each element of a vector. If ``src == 0``
7688then the result is the size in bits of the type of ``src`` if
7689``is_zero_undef == 0`` and ``undef`` otherwise. For example,
7690``llvm.cttz(2) = 1``.
7691
7692Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics
7693-----------------------------------
7694
7695LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.
7696
7697'``llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*``' Intrinsics
7698^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7699
7700Syntax:
7701"""""""
7702
7703This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.sadd.with.overflow``
7704on any integer bit width.
7705
7706::
7707
7708 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
7709 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7710 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
7711
7712Overview:
7713"""""""""
7714
7715The '``llvm.sadd.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
7716a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
7717occurred during the signed summation.
7718
7719Arguments:
7720""""""""""
7721
7722The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure
7723may be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same
7724bit width. The second element of the result structure must be of type
7725``i1``. ``%a`` and ``%b`` are the two values that will undergo signed
7726addition.
7727
7728Semantics:
7729""""""""""
7730
7731The '``llvm.sadd.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00007732a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure --- the
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00007733first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element
7734of which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
7735overflow.
7736
7737Examples:
7738"""""""""
7739
7740.. code-block:: llvm
7741
7742 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7743 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
7744 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
7745 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
7746
7747'``llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*``' Intrinsics
7748^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7749
7750Syntax:
7751"""""""
7752
7753This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.uadd.with.overflow``
7754on any integer bit width.
7755
7756::
7757
7758 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
7759 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7760 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
7761
7762Overview:
7763"""""""""
7764
7765The '``llvm.uadd.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
7766an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
7767occurred during the unsigned summation.
7768
7769Arguments:
7770""""""""""
7771
7772The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure
7773may be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same
7774bit width. The second element of the result structure must be of type
7775``i1``. ``%a`` and ``%b`` are the two values that will undergo unsigned
7776addition.
7777
7778Semantics:
7779""""""""""
7780
7781The '``llvm.uadd.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00007782an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure --- the
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00007783first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
7784bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.
7785
7786Examples:
7787"""""""""
7788
7789.. code-block:: llvm
7790
7791 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7792 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
7793 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
7794 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
7795
7796'``llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*``' Intrinsics
7797^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7798
7799Syntax:
7800"""""""
7801
7802This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.ssub.with.overflow``
7803on any integer bit width.
7804
7805::
7806
7807 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
7808 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7809 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
7810
7811Overview:
7812"""""""""
7813
7814The '``llvm.ssub.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
7815a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
7816overflow occurred during the signed subtraction.
7817
7818Arguments:
7819""""""""""
7820
7821The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure
7822may be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same
7823bit width. The second element of the result structure must be of type
7824``i1``. ``%a`` and ``%b`` are the two values that will undergo signed
7825subtraction.
7826
7827Semantics:
7828""""""""""
7829
7830The '``llvm.ssub.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00007831a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure --- the
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00007832first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
7833which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
7834overflow.
7835
7836Examples:
7837"""""""""
7838
7839.. code-block:: llvm
7840
7841 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7842 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
7843 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
7844 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
7845
7846'``llvm.usub.with.overflow.*``' Intrinsics
7847^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7848
7849Syntax:
7850"""""""
7851
7852This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.usub.with.overflow``
7853on any integer bit width.
7854
7855::
7856
7857 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
7858 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7859 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
7860
7861Overview:
7862"""""""""
7863
7864The '``llvm.usub.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
7865an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
7866overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.
7867
7868Arguments:
7869""""""""""
7870
7871The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure
7872may be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same
7873bit width. The second element of the result structure must be of type
7874``i1``. ``%a`` and ``%b`` are the two values that will undergo unsigned
7875subtraction.
7876
7877Semantics:
7878""""""""""
7879
7880The '``llvm.usub.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00007881an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure ---
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00007882the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
7883which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
7884overflow.
7885
7886Examples:
7887"""""""""
7888
7889.. code-block:: llvm
7890
7891 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7892 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
7893 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
7894 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
7895
7896'``llvm.smul.with.overflow.*``' Intrinsics
7897^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7898
7899Syntax:
7900"""""""
7901
7902This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.smul.with.overflow``
7903on any integer bit width.
7904
7905::
7906
7907 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
7908 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7909 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
7910
7911Overview:
7912"""""""""
7913
7914The '``llvm.smul.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
7915a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
7916overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.
7917
7918Arguments:
7919""""""""""
7920
7921The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure
7922may be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same
7923bit width. The second element of the result structure must be of type
7924``i1``. ``%a`` and ``%b`` are the two values that will undergo signed
7925multiplication.
7926
7927Semantics:
7928""""""""""
7929
7930The '``llvm.smul.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00007931a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure ---
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00007932the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element
7933of which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
7934overflow.
7935
7936Examples:
7937"""""""""
7938
7939.. code-block:: llvm
7940
7941 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7942 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
7943 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
7944 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
7945
7946'``llvm.umul.with.overflow.*``' Intrinsics
7947^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
7948
7949Syntax:
7950"""""""
7951
7952This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use ``llvm.umul.with.overflow``
7953on any integer bit width.
7954
7955::
7956
7957 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
7958 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7959 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
7960
7961Overview:
7962"""""""""
7963
7964The '``llvm.umul.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
7965a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
7966overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.
7967
7968Arguments:
7969""""""""""
7970
7971The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure
7972may be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same
7973bit width. The second element of the result structure must be of type
7974``i1``. ``%a`` and ``%b`` are the two values that will undergo unsigned
7975multiplication.
7976
7977Semantics:
7978""""""""""
7979
7980The '``llvm.umul.with.overflow``' family of intrinsic functions perform
Dmitri Gribenkoae4a9ae2013-01-19 20:34:20 +00007981an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure ---
7982the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00007983element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication
7984resulted in an overflow.
7985
7986Examples:
7987"""""""""
7988
7989.. code-block:: llvm
7990
7991 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
7992 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
7993 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
7994 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
7995
7996Specialised Arithmetic Intrinsics
7997---------------------------------
7998
7999'``llvm.fmuladd.*``' Intrinsic
8000^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8001
8002Syntax:
8003"""""""
8004
8005::
8006
8007 declare float @llvm.fmuladd.f32(float %a, float %b, float %c)
8008 declare double @llvm.fmuladd.f64(double %a, double %b, double %c)
8009
8010Overview:
8011"""""""""
8012
8013The '``llvm.fmuladd.*``' intrinsic functions represent multiply-add
Lang Hamesb0ec16b2013-01-17 00:00:49 +00008014expressions that can be fused if the code generator determines that (a) the
8015target instruction set has support for a fused operation, and (b) that the
8016fused operation is more efficient than the equivalent, separate pair of mul
8017and add instructions.
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00008018
8019Arguments:
8020""""""""""
8021
8022The '``llvm.fmuladd.*``' intrinsics each take three arguments: two
8023multiplicands, a and b, and an addend c.
8024
8025Semantics:
8026""""""""""
8027
8028The expression:
8029
8030::
8031
8032 %0 = call float @llvm.fmuladd.f32(%a, %b, %c)
8033
8034is equivalent to the expression a \* b + c, except that rounding will
8035not be performed between the multiplication and addition steps if the
8036code generator fuses the operations. Fusion is not guaranteed, even if
8037the target platform supports it. If a fused multiply-add is required the
8038corresponding llvm.fma.\* intrinsic function should be used instead.
8039
8040Examples:
8041"""""""""
8042
8043.. code-block:: llvm
8044
8045 %r2 = call float @llvm.fmuladd.f32(float %a, float %b, float %c) ; yields {float}:r2 = (a * b) + c
8046
8047Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics
8048----------------------------------------
8049
8050For most target platforms, half precision floating point is a
8051storage-only format. This means that it is a dense encoding (in memory)
8052but does not support computation in the format.
8053
8054This means that code must first load the half-precision floating point
8055value as an i16, then convert it to float with
8056:ref:`llvm.convert.from.fp16 <int_convert_from_fp16>`. Computation can
8057then be performed on the float value (including extending to double
8058etc). To store the value back to memory, it is first converted to float
8059if needed, then converted to i16 with
8060:ref:`llvm.convert.to.fp16 <int_convert_to_fp16>`, then storing as an
8061i16 value.
8062
8063.. _int_convert_to_fp16:
8064
8065'``llvm.convert.to.fp16``' Intrinsic
8066^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8067
8068Syntax:
8069"""""""
8070
8071::
8072
8073 declare i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
8074
8075Overview:
8076"""""""""
8077
8078The '``llvm.convert.to.fp16``' intrinsic function performs a conversion
8079from single precision floating point format to half precision floating
8080point format.
8081
8082Arguments:
8083""""""""""
8084
8085The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
8086converted.
8087
8088Semantics:
8089""""""""""
8090
8091The '``llvm.convert.to.fp16``' intrinsic function performs a conversion
8092from single precision floating point format to half precision floating
8093point format. The return value is an ``i16`` which contains the
8094converted number.
8095
8096Examples:
8097"""""""""
8098
8099.. code-block:: llvm
8100
8101 %res = call i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
8102 store i16 %res, i16* @x, align 2
8103
8104.. _int_convert_from_fp16:
8105
8106'``llvm.convert.from.fp16``' Intrinsic
8107^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8108
8109Syntax:
8110"""""""
8111
8112::
8113
8114 declare f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
8115
8116Overview:
8117"""""""""
8118
8119The '``llvm.convert.from.fp16``' intrinsic function performs a
8120conversion from half precision floating point format to single precision
8121floating point format.
8122
8123Arguments:
8124""""""""""
8125
8126The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
8127converted.
8128
8129Semantics:
8130""""""""""
8131
8132The '``llvm.convert.from.fp16``' intrinsic function performs a
8133conversion from half single precision floating point format to single
8134precision floating point format. The input half-float value is
8135represented by an ``i16`` value.
8136
8137Examples:
8138"""""""""
8139
8140.. code-block:: llvm
8141
8142 %a = load i16* @x, align 2
8143 %res = call f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
8144
8145Debugger Intrinsics
8146-------------------
8147
8148The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with ``llvm.dbg.``
8149prefix), are described in the `LLVM Source Level
8150Debugging <SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics>`_
8151document.
8152
8153Exception Handling Intrinsics
8154-----------------------------
8155
8156The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
8157``llvm.eh.`` prefix), are described in the `LLVM Exception
8158Handling <ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics>`_ document.
8159
8160.. _int_trampoline:
8161
8162Trampoline Intrinsics
8163---------------------
8164
8165These intrinsics make it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
8166the :ref:`nest <nest>` attribute, from a function. The result is a
8167callable function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does
8168not need to provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored
8169in advance in a "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the
8170stack, which also contains code to splice the nest value into the
8171argument list. This is used to implement the GCC nested function address
8172extension.
8173
8174For example, if the function is ``i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)``
8175then the resulting function pointer has signature ``i32 (i32, i32)*``.
8176It can be created as follows:
8177
8178.. code-block:: llvm
8179
8180 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
8181 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
8182 call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8*, i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval)
8183 %p = call i8* @llvm.adjust.trampoline(i8* %tramp1)
8184 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
8185
8186The call ``%val = call i32 %fp(i32 %x, i32 %y)`` is then equivalent to
8187``%val = call i32 %f(i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y)``.
8188
8189.. _int_it:
8190
8191'``llvm.init.trampoline``' Intrinsic
8192^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8193
8194Syntax:
8195"""""""
8196
8197::
8198
8199 declare void @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* <tramp>, i8* <func>, i8* <nval>)
8200
8201Overview:
8202"""""""""
8203
8204This fills the memory pointed to by ``tramp`` with executable code,
8205turning it into a trampoline.
8206
8207Arguments:
8208""""""""""
8209
8210The ``llvm.init.trampoline`` intrinsic takes three arguments, all
8211pointers. The ``tramp`` argument must point to a sufficiently large and
8212sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
8213intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific -
8214LLVM currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a
8215front-end that generates this intrinsic needs to have some
8216target-specific knowledge. The ``func`` argument must hold a function
8217bitcast to an ``i8*``.
8218
8219Semantics:
8220""""""""""
8221
8222The block of memory pointed to by ``tramp`` is filled with target
8223dependent code, turning it into a function. Then ``tramp`` needs to be
8224passed to :ref:`llvm.adjust.trampoline <int_at>` to get a pointer which can
8225be :ref:`bitcast (to a new function) and called <int_trampoline>`. The new
8226function's signature is the same as that of ``func`` with any arguments
8227marked with the ``nest`` attribute removed. At most one such ``nest``
8228argument is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new
8229function is equivalent to calling ``func`` with the same argument list,
8230but with ``nval`` used for the missing ``nest`` argument. If, after
8231calling ``llvm.init.trampoline``, the memory pointed to by ``tramp`` is
8232modified, then the effect of any later call to the returned function
8233pointer is undefined.
8234
8235.. _int_at:
8236
8237'``llvm.adjust.trampoline``' Intrinsic
8238^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8239
8240Syntax:
8241"""""""
8242
8243::
8244
8245 declare i8* @llvm.adjust.trampoline(i8* <tramp>)
8246
8247Overview:
8248"""""""""
8249
8250This performs any required machine-specific adjustment to the address of
8251a trampoline (passed as ``tramp``).
8252
8253Arguments:
8254""""""""""
8255
8256``tramp`` must point to a block of memory which already has trampoline
8257code filled in by a previous call to
8258:ref:`llvm.init.trampoline <int_it>`.
8259
8260Semantics:
8261""""""""""
8262
8263On some architectures the address of the code to be executed needs to be
8264different to the address where the trampoline is actually stored. This
8265intrinsic returns the executable address corresponding to ``tramp``
8266after performing the required machine specific adjustments. The pointer
8267returned can then be :ref:`bitcast and executed <int_trampoline>`.
8268
8269Memory Use Markers
8270------------------
8271
8272This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of
8273memory objects and ranges where variables are immutable.
8274
8275'``llvm.lifetime.start``' Intrinsic
8276^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8277
8278Syntax:
8279"""""""
8280
8281::
8282
8283 declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 <size>, i8* nocapture <ptr>)
8284
8285Overview:
8286"""""""""
8287
8288The '``llvm.lifetime.start``' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
8289object's lifetime.
8290
8291Arguments:
8292""""""""""
8293
8294The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
8295object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer
8296to the object.
8297
8298Semantics:
8299""""""""""
8300
8301This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value
8302of the memory pointed to by ``ptr`` is dead. This means that it is known
8303to never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer
8304that precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with ``'undef'``.
8305
8306'``llvm.lifetime.end``' Intrinsic
8307^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8308
8309Syntax:
8310"""""""
8311
8312::
8313
8314 declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 <size>, i8* nocapture <ptr>)
8315
8316Overview:
8317"""""""""
8318
8319The '``llvm.lifetime.end``' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
8320object's lifetime.
8321
8322Arguments:
8323""""""""""
8324
8325The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
8326object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer
8327to the object.
8328
8329Semantics:
8330""""""""""
8331
8332This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of
8333the memory pointed to by ``ptr`` is dead. This means that it is known to
8334never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory
8335object following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
8336
8337'``llvm.invariant.start``' Intrinsic
8338^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8339
8340Syntax:
8341"""""""
8342
8343::
8344
8345 declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 <size>, i8* nocapture <ptr>)
8346
8347Overview:
8348"""""""""
8349
8350The '``llvm.invariant.start``' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
8351a memory object will not change.
8352
8353Arguments:
8354""""""""""
8355
8356The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
8357object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer
8358to the object.
8359
8360Semantics:
8361""""""""""
8362
8363This intrinsic indicates that until an ``llvm.invariant.end`` that uses
8364the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
8365unchanging.
8366
8367'``llvm.invariant.end``' Intrinsic
8368^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8369
8370Syntax:
8371"""""""
8372
8373::
8374
8375 declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* <start>, i64 <size>, i8* nocapture <ptr>)
8376
8377Overview:
8378"""""""""
8379
8380The '``llvm.invariant.end``' intrinsic specifies that the contents of a
8381memory object are mutable.
8382
8383Arguments:
8384""""""""""
8385
8386The first argument is the matching ``llvm.invariant.start`` intrinsic.
8387The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
8388object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a
8389pointer to the object.
8390
8391Semantics:
8392""""""""""
8393
8394This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.
8395
8396General Intrinsics
8397------------------
8398
8399This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
8400purpose.
8401
8402'``llvm.var.annotation``' Intrinsic
8403^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8404
8405Syntax:
8406"""""""
8407
8408::
8409
8410 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8411
8412Overview:
8413"""""""""
8414
8415The '``llvm.var.annotation``' intrinsic.
8416
8417Arguments:
8418""""""""""
8419
8420The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
8421global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the
8422source file name, and the last argument is the line number.
8423
8424Semantics:
8425""""""""""
8426
8427This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary
8428strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want
8429to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use; they are
8430ignored by code generation and optimization.
8431
Michael Gottesman872b4e52013-03-26 00:34:27 +00008432'``llvm.ptr.annotation.*``' Intrinsic
8433^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8434
8435Syntax:
8436"""""""
8437
8438This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '``llvm.ptr.annotation``' on a
8439pointer to an integer of any width. *NOTE* you must specify an address space for
8440the pointer. The identifier for the default address space is the integer
8441'``0``'.
8442
8443::
8444
8445 declare i8* @llvm.ptr.annotation.p<address space>i8(i8* <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8446 declare i16* @llvm.ptr.annotation.p<address space>i16(i16* <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8447 declare i32* @llvm.ptr.annotation.p<address space>i32(i32* <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8448 declare i64* @llvm.ptr.annotation.p<address space>i64(i64* <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8449 declare i256* @llvm.ptr.annotation.p<address space>i256(i256* <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8450
8451Overview:
8452"""""""""
8453
8454The '``llvm.ptr.annotation``' intrinsic.
8455
8456Arguments:
8457""""""""""
8458
8459The first argument is a pointer to an integer value of arbitrary bitwidth
8460(result of some expression), the second is a pointer to a global string, the
8461third is a pointer to a global string which is the source file name, and the
8462last argument is the line number. It returns the value of the first argument.
8463
8464Semantics:
8465""""""""""
8466
8467This intrinsic allows annotation of a pointer to an integer with arbitrary
8468strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look
8469for these annotations. These have no other defined use; they are ignored by code
8470generation and optimization.
8471
Sean Silvaf722b002012-12-07 10:36:55 +00008472'``llvm.annotation.*``' Intrinsic
8473^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8474
8475Syntax:
8476"""""""
8477
8478This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '``llvm.annotation``' on
8479any integer bit width.
8480
8481::
8482
8483 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8484 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8485 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8486 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8487 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32 <int>)
8488
8489Overview:
8490"""""""""
8491
8492The '``llvm.annotation``' intrinsic.
8493
8494Arguments:
8495""""""""""
8496
8497The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
8498second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a
8499global string which is the source file name, and the last argument is
8500the line number. It returns the value of the first argument.
8501
8502Semantics:
8503""""""""""
8504
8505This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions
8506with arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose
8507optimizations that want to look for these annotations. These have no
8508other defined use; they are ignored by code generation and optimization.
8509
8510'``llvm.trap``' Intrinsic
8511^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8512
8513Syntax:
8514"""""""
8515
8516::
8517
8518 declare void @llvm.trap() noreturn nounwind
8519
8520Overview:
8521"""""""""
8522
8523The '``llvm.trap``' intrinsic.
8524
8525Arguments:
8526""""""""""
8527
8528None.
8529
8530Semantics:
8531""""""""""
8532
8533This intrinsic is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If
8534the target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be
8535lowered to a call of the ``abort()`` function.
8536
8537'``llvm.debugtrap``' Intrinsic
8538^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8539
8540Syntax:
8541"""""""
8542
8543::
8544
8545 declare void @llvm.debugtrap() nounwind
8546
8547Overview:
8548"""""""""
8549
8550The '``llvm.debugtrap``' intrinsic.
8551
8552Arguments:
8553""""""""""
8554
8555None.
8556
8557Semantics:
8558""""""""""
8559
8560This intrinsic is lowered to code which is intended to cause an
8561execution trap with the intention of requesting the attention of a
8562debugger.
8563
8564'``llvm.stackprotector``' Intrinsic
8565^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8566
8567Syntax:
8568"""""""
8569
8570::
8571
8572 declare void @llvm.stackprotector(i8* <guard>, i8** <slot>)
8573
8574Overview:
8575"""""""""
8576
8577The ``llvm.stackprotector`` intrinsic takes the ``guard`` and stores it
8578onto the stack at ``slot``. The stack slot is adjusted to ensure that it
8579is placed on the stack before local variables.
8580
8581Arguments:
8582""""""""""
8583
8584The ``llvm.stackprotector`` intrinsic requires two pointer arguments.
8585The first argument is the value loaded from the stack guard
8586``@__stack_chk_guard``. The second variable is an ``alloca`` that has
8587enough space to hold the value of the guard.
8588
8589Semantics:
8590""""""""""
8591
8592This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the
8593position of the ``AllocaInst`` stack slot to be before local variables
8594on the stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
8595overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function
8596exits, the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If
8597they are different, then the program aborts by calling the
8598``__stack_chk_fail()`` function.
8599
8600'``llvm.objectsize``' Intrinsic
8601^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8602
8603Syntax:
8604"""""""
8605
8606::
8607
8608 declare i32 @llvm.objectsize.i32(i8* <object>, i1 <min>)
8609 declare i64 @llvm.objectsize.i64(i8* <object>, i1 <min>)
8610
8611Overview:
8612"""""""""
8613
8614The ``llvm.objectsize`` intrinsic is designed to provide information to
8615the optimizers to determine at compile time whether a) an operation
8616(like memcpy) will overflow a buffer that corresponds to an object, or
8617b) that a runtime check for overflow isn't necessary. An object in this
8618context means an allocation of a specific class, structure, array, or
8619other object.
8620
8621Arguments:
8622""""""""""
8623
8624The ``llvm.objectsize`` intrinsic takes two arguments. The first
8625argument is a pointer to or into the ``object``. The second argument is
8626a boolean and determines whether ``llvm.objectsize`` returns 0 (if true)
8627or -1 (if false) when the object size is unknown. The second argument
8628only accepts constants.
8629
8630Semantics:
8631""""""""""
8632
8633The ``llvm.objectsize`` intrinsic is lowered to a constant representing
8634the size of the object concerned. If the size cannot be determined at
8635compile time, ``llvm.objectsize`` returns ``i32/i64 -1 or 0`` (depending
8636on the ``min`` argument).
8637
8638'``llvm.expect``' Intrinsic
8639^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8640
8641Syntax:
8642"""""""
8643
8644::
8645
8646 declare i32 @llvm.expect.i32(i32 <val>, i32 <expected_val>)
8647 declare i64 @llvm.expect.i64(i64 <val>, i64 <expected_val>)
8648
8649Overview:
8650"""""""""
8651
8652The ``llvm.expect`` intrinsic provides information about expected (the
8653most probable) value of ``val``, which can be used by optimizers.
8654
8655Arguments:
8656""""""""""
8657
8658The ``llvm.expect`` intrinsic takes two arguments. The first argument is
8659a value. The second argument is an expected value, this needs to be a
8660constant value, variables are not allowed.
8661
8662Semantics:
8663""""""""""
8664
8665This intrinsic is lowered to the ``val``.
8666
8667'``llvm.donothing``' Intrinsic
8668^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
8669
8670Syntax:
8671"""""""
8672
8673::
8674
8675 declare void @llvm.donothing() nounwind readnone
8676
8677Overview:
8678"""""""""
8679
8680The ``llvm.donothing`` intrinsic doesn't perform any operation. It's the
8681only intrinsic that can be called with an invoke instruction.
8682
8683Arguments:
8684""""""""""
8685
8686None.
8687
8688Semantics:
8689""""""""""
8690
8691This intrinsic does nothing, and it's removed by optimizers and ignored
8692by codegen.